salt - Man Page

Salt Documentation

Introduction to Salt

We’re not just talking about NaCl..SS The 30 second summary

Salt is:

It was developed in order to bring the best solutions found in the world of remote execution together and make them better, faster, and more malleable. Salt accomplishes this through its ability to handle large loads of information, and not just dozens but hundreds and even thousands of individual servers quickly through a simple and manageable interface.

Simplicity

Providing versatility between massive scale deployments and smaller systems may seem daunting, but Salt is very simple to set up and maintain, regardless of the size of the project. The architecture of Salt is designed to work with any number of servers, from a handful of local network systems to international deployments across different data centers. The topology is a simple server/client model with the needed functionality built into a single set of daemons. While the default configuration will work with little to no modification, Salt can be fine tuned to meet specific needs.

Parallel execution

The core functions of Salt:

  • enable commands to remote systems to be called in parallel rather than serially
  • use a secure and encrypted protocol
  • use the smallest and fastest network payloads possible
  • provide a simple programming interface

Salt also introduces more granular controls to the realm of remote execution, allowing systems to be targeted not just by hostname, but also by system properties.

Builds on proven technology

Salt takes advantage of a number of technologies and techniques. The networking layer is built with the excellent ZeroMQ networking library, so the Salt daemon includes a viable and transparent AMQ broker. Salt uses public keys for authentication with the master daemon, then uses faster AES encryption for payload communication; authentication and encryption are integral to Salt.  Salt takes advantage of communication via msgpack, enabling fast and light network traffic.

Python client interface

In order to allow for simple expansion, Salt execution routines can be written as plain Python modules. The data collected from Salt executions can be sent back to the master server, or to any arbitrary program. Salt can be called from a simple Python API, or from the command line, so that Salt can be used to execute one-off commands as well as operate as an integral part of a larger application.

Fast, flexible, scalable

The result is a system that can execute commands at high speed on target server groups ranging from one to very many servers. Salt is very fast, easy to set up, amazingly malleable and provides a single remote execution architecture that can manage the diverse requirements of any number of servers.  The Salt infrastructure brings together the best of the remote execution world, amplifies its capabilities and expands its range, resulting in a system that is as versatile as it is practical, suitable for any network.

Open

Salt is developed under the Apache 2.0 license, and can be used for open and proprietary projects. Please submit your expansions back to the Salt project so that we can all benefit together as Salt grows. Please feel free to sprinkle Salt around your systems and let the deliciousness come forth.

Salt Community

Join the Salt!

There are many ways to participate in and communicate with the Salt community.

Salt has an active IRC channel and a mailing list.

Mailing List

Join the salt-users mailing list. It is the best place to ask questions about Salt and see whats going on with Salt development! The Salt mailing list is hosted by Google Groups. It is open to new members.

Additionally, all users of Salt should be subscribed to the Announcements mailing list which contains important updates about Salt, such as new releaes and security-related announcements. This list is low-traffic.

IRC

The #salt IRC channel is hosted on the popular Freenode network. You can use the Freenode webchat client right from your browser.

Logs of the IRC channel activity are being collected courtesy of Moritz Lenz.

If you wish to discuss the development of Salt itself join us in #salt-devel.

Follow on Github

The Salt code is developed via Github. Follow Salt for constant updates on what is happening in Salt development:

https://github.com/saltstack/salt

Long-term planning and strategic decisions are handled via Salt Enhancement Proposals and can be found on GitHub.

Blogs

SaltStack Inc. keeps a blog with recent news and advancements:

http://www.saltstack.com/blog/

Example Salt States

The official salt-states repository is: https://github.com/SS-archive/salt-states

A few examples of salt states from the community:

Follow on Open Hub

https://www.openhub.net/p/salt

Hack the Source

If you want to get involved with the development of source code or the documentation efforts, please review the contributing documentation!

Installation

This section contains instructions to install Salt. If you are setting up your environment for the first time, you should install a Salt master on a dedicated management server or VM, and then install a Salt minion on each system that you want to manage using Salt. For now you don't need to worry about your architecture, you can easily add components and modify your configuration later without needing to reinstall anything.

The general installation process is as follows:

  1. Install a Salt master using the instructions for your platform or by running the Salt bootstrap script. If you use the bootstrap script, be sure to include the -M option to install the Salt master.
  2. Make sure that your Salt minions can find the Salt master.
  3. Install the Salt minion on each system that you want to manage.
  4. Accept the Salt minion keys after the Salt minion connects.

After this, you should be able to run a simple command and receive salt version returns from all connected Salt minions.

salt '*' test.version

Quick Install

On most distributions, you can set up a Salt Minion with the Salt bootstrap.

Platform-specific Installation Instructions

These guides go into detail how to install Salt on a given platform.

Arch Linux

Installation

Salt (stable) is currently available via the Arch Linux Official repositories. There are currently -git packages available in the Arch User repositories (AUR) as well.

Stable Release

Install Salt stable releases from the Arch Linux Official repositories as follows:

pacman -S salt

Tracking develop

To install the bleeding edge version of Salt (may include bugs!), use the -git package. Installing the -git package as follows:

wget https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/sa/salt-git/salt-git.tar.gz
tar xf salt-git.tar.gz
cd salt-git/
makepkg -is
NOTE:

yaourt

If a tool such as Yaourt is used, the dependencies will be gathered and built automatically.

The command to install salt using the yaourt tool is:

yaourt salt-git

Post-installation tasks

systemd

Activate the Salt Master and/or Minion via systemctl as follows:

systemctl enable salt-master.service
systemctl enable salt-minion.service

Start the Master

Once you've completed all of these steps you're ready to start your Salt Master. You should be able to start your Salt Master now using the command seen here:

systemctl start salt-master

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

Debian GNU/Linux / Raspbian

Debian GNU/Linux distribution and some derivatives such as Raspbian already have included Salt packages to their repositories. However, current stable Debian release contains old outdated Salt releases. It is recommended to use SaltStack repository for Debian as described below.

Installation from official Debian and Raspbian repositories is described here.

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Packages for Debian 9 (Stretch) and Debian 8 (Jessie) are available in the Official SaltStack repository.

Instructions are at https://repo.saltstack.com/#debian.

NOTE:

Regular security support for Debian 7 ended on April 25th 2016. As a result, 2016.3.1 and 2015.8.10 will be the last Salt releases for which Debian 7 packages are created.

Installation from the Debian / Raspbian Official Repository

The Debian distributions contain mostly old Salt packages built by the Debian Salt Team. You can install Salt components directly from Debian but it is recommended to use the instructions above for the packages from the official Salt repository.

On Jessie there is an option to install Salt minion from Stretch with python-tornado dependency from jessie-backports repositories.

To install fresh release of Salt minion on Jessie:

  1. Add jessie-backports and stretch repositories:

    Debian:

    echo 'deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian jessie-backports main' >> /etc/apt/sources.list
    echo 'deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stretch main' >> /etc/apt/sources.list

    Raspbian:

    echo 'deb http://archive.raspbian.org/raspbian/ stretch main' >> /etc/apt/sources.list
  2. Make Jessie a default release:

    echo 'APT::Default-Release "jessie";' > /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10apt
  3. Install Salt dependencies:

    Debian:

    apt-get update
    apt-get install python-zmq python-systemd/jessie-backports python-tornado/jessie-backports salt-common/stretch

    Raspbian:

    apt-get update
    apt-get install python-zmq python-tornado/stretch salt-common/stretch
  4. Install Salt minion package from Latest Debian Release:

    apt-get install salt-minion/stretch

Install Packages

Install the Salt master, minion or other packages from the repository with the apt-get command. These examples each install one of Salt components, but more than one package name may be given at a time:

  • apt-get install salt-api
  • apt-get install salt-cloud
  • apt-get install salt-master
  • apt-get install salt-minion
  • apt-get install salt-ssh
  • apt-get install salt-syndic

Post-installation tasks

Now, go to the Configuring Salt page.

Arista EOS Salt minion installation guide

The Salt minion for Arista EOS is distributed as a SWIX extension and can be installed directly on the switch. The EOS network operating system is based on old Fedora distributions and the installation of the salt-minion requires backports. This SWIX extension contains the necessary backports, together with the Salt basecode.

NOTE:

This SWIX extension has been tested on Arista DCS-7280SE-68-R, running EOS 4.17.5M and vEOS 4.18.3F.

Important Notes

This package is in beta, make sure to test it carefully before running it in production.

If confirmed working correctly, please report and add a note on this page with the platform model and EOS version.

If you want to uninstall this package, please refer to the uninstalling section.

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Download the swix package and save it to flash.

veos#copy https://salt-eos.netops.life/salt-eos-latest.swix flash:
veos#copy https://salt-eos.netops.life/startup.sh flash:

Install the Extension

Copy the Salt package to extension

veos#copy flash:salt-eos-latest.swix extension:

Install the SWIX

veos#extension salt-eos-latest.swix force

Verify the installation

veos#show extensions | include salt-eos
     salt-eos-2017-07-19.swix      1.0.11/1.fc25        A, F                27

Change the Salt master IP address or FQDN, by edit the variable (SALT_MASTER)

veos#bash vi /mnt/flash/startup.sh

Make sure you enable the eAPI with unix-socket

veos(config)#management api http-commands
         protocol unix-socket
         no shutdown

Post-installation tasks

Generate Keys and host record and start Salt minion

veos#bash
#sudo /mnt/flash/startup.sh

salt-minion should be running

Copy the installed extensions to boot-extensions

veos#copy installed-extensions boot-extensions

Apply event-handler to let EOS start salt-minion during boot-up

veos(config)#event-handler boot-up-script
   trigger on-boot
   action bash sudo /mnt/flash/startup.sh

For more specific installation details of the salt-minion, please refer to Configuring Salt.

Uninstalling

If you decide to uninstall this package, the following steps are recommended for safety:

1.

Remove the extension from boot-extensions

veos#bash rm /mnt/flash/boot-extensions
2.

Remove the extension from extensions folder

veos#bash rm /mnt/flash/.extensions/salt-eos-latest.swix
2.

Remove boot-up script

veos(config)#no event-handler boot-up-script

Additional Information

This SWIX extension contains the following RPM packages:

libsodium-1.0.11-1.fc25.i686.rpm
libstdc++-6.2.1-2.fc25.i686.rpm
openpgm-5.2.122-6.fc24.i686.rpm
python-Jinja2-2.8-0.i686.rpm
python-PyYAML-3.12-0.i686.rpm
python-babel-0.9.6-5.fc18.noarch.rpm
python-backports-1.0-3.fc18.i686.rpm
python-backports-ssl_match_hostname-3.4.0.2-1.fc18.noarch.rpm
python-backports_abc-0.5-0.i686.rpm
python-certifi-2016.9.26-0.i686.rpm
python-chardet-2.0.1-5.fc18.noarch.rpm
python-crypto-1.4.1-1.noarch.rpm
python-crypto-2.6.1-1.fc18.i686.rpm
python-futures-3.1.1-1.noarch.rpm
python-jtextfsm-0.3.1-0.noarch.rpm
python-kitchen-1.1.1-2.fc18.noarch.rpm
python-markupsafe-0.18-1.fc18.i686.rpm
python-msgpack-python-0.4.8-0.i686.rpm
python-napalm-base-0.24.3-1.noarch.rpm
python-napalm-eos-0.6.0-1.noarch.rpm
python-netaddr-0.7.18-0.noarch.rpm
python-pyeapi-0.7.0-0.noarch.rpm
python-salt-2017.7.0_1414_g2fb986f-1.noarch.rpm
python-singledispatch-3.4.0.3-0.i686.rpm
python-six-1.10.0-0.i686.rpm
python-tornado-4.4.2-0.i686.rpm
python-urllib3-1.5-7.fc18.noarch.rpm
python2-zmq-15.3.0-2.fc25.i686.rpm
zeromq-4.1.4-5.fc25.i686.rpm

Fedora

Beginning with version 0.9.4, Salt has been available in the primary Fedora repositories and EPEL. It is installable using yum or dnf, depending on your version of Fedora.

NOTE:

Released versions of Salt starting with 2015.5.2 through 2016.3.2 do not have Fedora packages available though EPEL. To install a version of Salt within this release array, please use SaltStack's Bootstrap Script and use the git method of installing Salt using the version's associated release tag.

Release 2016.3.3 and onward will have packaged versions available via EPEL.

WARNING: Fedora 19 comes with systemd 204.  Systemd has known bugs fixed in later revisions that prevent the salt-master from starting reliably or opening the network connections that it needs to.  It's not likely that a salt-master will start or run reliably on any distribution that uses systemd version 204 or earlier.  Running salt-minions should be OK.

Installation

Salt can be installed using yum and is available in the standard Fedora repositories.

Stable Release

Salt is packaged separately for the minion and the master. It is necessary only to install the appropriate package for the role the machine will play. Typically, there will be one master and multiple minions.

yum install salt-master
yum install salt-minion

Installing from updates-testing

When a new Salt release is packaged, it is first admitted into the updates-testing repository, before being moved to the stable repo.

To install from updates-testing, use the enablerepo argument for yum:

yum --enablerepo=updates-testing install salt-master
yum --enablerepo=updates-testing install salt-minion

Installation Using pip

Since Salt is on PyPI, it can be installed using pip, though most users prefer to install using a package manager.

Installing from pip has a few additional requirements:

  • Install the group 'Development Tools', dnf groupinstall 'Development Tools'
  • Install the 'zeromq-devel' package if it fails on linking against that afterwards as well.

A pip install does not make the init scripts or the /etc/salt directory, and you will need to provide your own systemd service unit.

Installation from pip:

pip install salt
WARNING:

If installing from pip (or from source using setup.py install), be advised that the yum-utils package is needed for Salt to manage packages. Also, if the Python dependencies are not already installed, then you will need additional libraries/tools installed to build some of them. More information on this can be found here.

Post-installation tasks

Master

To have the Master start automatically at boot time:

systemctl enable salt-master.service

To start the Master:

systemctl start salt-master.service

Minion

To have the Minion start automatically at boot time:

systemctl enable salt-minion.service

To start the Minion:

systemctl start salt-minion.service

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

FreeBSD

Installation

Salt is available in the FreeBSD ports tree at sysutils/py-salt.

FreeBSD binary repo

For Python 2.7 use:

Install Salt via the official package repository. Salt is packaged both as a Python 2.7 or 3.7 version.

pkg install py27-salt

For Python 3.7 use:

pkg install py37-salt

FreeBSD ports

Installation from ports:

cd /usr/ports/sysutils/py-salt
make install

Python 3.7 can be used by setting default Python version to 3.7:

echo "DEFAULT_VERSIONS+= python=3.7" >> /etc/make.conf

Post-installation tasks

rc.conf

Activate the Salt Master in /etc/rc.conf:

sysrc salt_master_enable="YES"

Start the Master

Start the Salt Master as follows:

service salt_master start

rc.conf

Activate the Salt Minion in /etc/rc.conf:

sysrc salt_minion_enable="YES"

Start the Minion

Start the Salt Minion as follows:

service salt_minion start

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

Gentoo

Salt can be easily installed on Gentoo via Portage:

emerge app-admin/salt

Post-installation tasks

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

Cisco Nexus Salt Minion Installation and Configuration Guide

This document describes the Salt Minion installation and configuration on Cisco Nexus switches.  These instructions detail the process for managing the Nexus switches using a Proxy Minion or Native Minion on platforms that have GuestShell support.

Table of Contents

  • Cisco Nexus Salt Minion Installation and Configuration Guide

    • Pre-Install Tasks

      • STEP 1: Verify Platform and Software Version Support
      • STEP 2: Choose Salt Minion Type
      • STEP 3: Network Connectivity
    • Salt Proxy Minion Configuration

      • Proxy Minion Pillar Data
    • GuestShell Salt Minion Installation

      • STEP 1a: Enable the Guestshell on low footprint N3ks
      • STEP 1b: Enable the Guestshell
      • STEP 2: Set Up Guestshell Network
      • STEP 3: Install SaltStack Minion
      • STEP 4: Configure SaltStack Minion
    • GuestShell Salt Minion Persistence
    • References

Pre-Install Tasks

STEP 1: Verify Platform and Software Version Support

The following platforms and software versions have been certified to work with this version of Salt.

Platform / Software Mininum Requirements

Supported PlatformsMinimum NX-OS VersionSSH Proxy MinionNX-API Proxy MinionGuestShell Minion
Cisco Nexus N3k7.0(3)I2(5) and laterSupportedSupportedSupported
Cisco Nexus N9k7.0(3)I2(5) and laterSupportedSupportedSupported
Cisco Nexus N6k7.3(0)N1(1) and laterSupportedNot SupportedNot Supported
Cisco Nexus N7k7.3(0)D1(1) and laterSupportedSupportedNot Supported

Platform Models

PlatformDescription
N3kSupport includes N30xx, N31xx, N32xx and N35xx models
N6kSupport includes all N6xxx models
N7kSupport includes all N7xxx models
N9kSupport includes all N9xxx models

STEP 2: Choose Salt Minion Type

Using the tables above, select the Salt Minion type.

Choices:
  • SSH Proxy Minion (See Salt Proxy Minion Configuration Section)
  • NX-API Proxy Minion (See Salt Proxy Minion Configuration Section)
  • GuestShell Native Minion (See GuestShell Salt Minion Installation Section)
    • Some platforms support a native minion installed directly on the NX-OS device inside the GuestShell
    • The GuestShell is a secure Linux container environment running CentOS

STEP 3: Network Connectivity

Ensure that IP reachability exists between the NX-OS Salt Minion device and the SaltStack Master.

Note: The management interface exists in a separate VRF context and requires additional configuration as shown.

Example: Nexus CLI Configuration for connectivity via management interface

config term
  vrf context management
    ip name-server 10.0.0.202
    ip domain-name mycompany.com
    ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.0.0.1

  interface mgmt0
    vrf member management
    ip address 10.0.0.99/24

  ntp server 10.0.0.201 use-vrf management
end

Salt Proxy Minion Configuration

Here is a sample Proxy Minion directory structure

saltmaster:/srv/pillar$tree
.
├── n3k-proxy.sls
├── n7k-proxy.sls
└── top.sls

This displays a top sls file and two proxy minion sls files for a Nexus 3k and Nexus 7k device.

Sample contents for the top.sls file.

saltmaster:/srv/pillar$cat top.sls
base:
  n3k-proxy:
    - n3k-proxy
  n7k-proxy:
    - n7k-proxy

Proxy Minion Pillar Data

Here is a sample Proxy Minion pillar data file.

All of the data for both ssh and nxapi proxy minion types can be stored in the same pillar data file.  To choose ssh or nxapi, simply set the connection: parameter accordingly.

saltmaster:/srv/pillar$cat n7k-proxy.sls
proxy:
  proxytype: nxos

  # Specify ssh or nxapi connection type (default is ssh)
  #connection: ssh
  connection: nxapi

  # Parameters Common to both SSH and NX-API
  host: n7k.example.com
  username: admin
  password: password

  # SSH Parameters
  prompt_name: n7k
  ssh_args: '-o PubkeyAuthentication=no'
  key_accept: True

  # NX-API Parameters
  transport: https
  port: 443
  verify: False

  # Option to prevent auto-save after each configuration command.
  # Setting this to True will improve performance when using
  # nxos execution module functions to configure the device.
  no_save_config: True
  • For the most current nxos proxy minion configuration options, See salt.proxy.nxos
  • For the most current list of nxos execution module functions, See salt.modules.nxos

GuestShell Salt Minion Installation

This section is only required when running the SaltStack Minion from the guestshell.

STEP 1a: Enable the Guestshell on low footprint N3ks

NOTE: Skip down to STEP 1b if the target system is not a low footprint N3k.

Nexus 3xxx switches with 4 GB RAM and 1.6 GB bootflash are advised to use compacted images to reduce the storage resources consumed by the image. As part of the compaction process, the guestshell.ova is removed from the system image.  To make use of the guestshell on these systems, the guestshell.ova may be downloaded and used to install the guestshell.

Guestshell OVA Download Link

Starting in release 9.2(1) and onward, the .ova file can be copied to the volatile: directory which frees up more space on bootflash:.

Copy the guestshell.ova file to volatile: if supported, otherwise copy it to bootflash:

n3xxx# copy scp://admin@1.2.3.4/guestshell.ova volatile: vrf management
guestshell.ova 100% 55MB 10.9MB/s 00:05
Copy complete, now saving to disk (please wait)...
Copy complete.

Use the guestshell enable command to install and enable guestshell.

n3xxx# guestshell enable package volatile:guestshell.ova

STEP 1b: Enable the Guestshell

The guestshell container environment is enabled by default on most platforms; however, the default disk and memory resources allotted to guestshell are typically too small to support SaltStack Minion requirements. The resource limits may be increased with the NX-OS CLI guestshell resize commands as shown below.

Resource Requirements

ResourceRecommended
Disk500 MB
Memory350 MB

show guestshell detail displays the current resource limits:

n3k# show guestshell detail
Virtual service guestshell+ detail
  State                 : Activated
...
  Resource reservation
  Disk                : 150 MB
  Memory              : 128 MB

guestshell resize rootfs sets disk size limits while guestshell resize memory sets memory limits. The resize commands do not take effect until after the guestshell container is (re)started by guestshell reboot or guestshell enable.

Example. Allocate resources for guestshell by setting new limits to 500MB disk and 350MB memory.

n3k# guestshell resize rootfs 500
n3k# guestshell resize memory 350

n3k# guestshell reboot
Are you sure you want to reboot the guest shell? (y/n) [n] y

STEP 2: Set Up Guestshell Network

The guestshell is an independent CentOS container that does not inherit settings from NX-OS.

  • Use guestshell to enter the guestshell environment, then become root.
  • Optional: Use chvrf to specify a vrf namespace; e.g. sudo chvrf management

    n3k#  guestshell
    
    [guestshell@guestshell ~]$ sudo su -          # Optional: sudo chvrf management
    [root@guestshell guestshell]#

OPTIONAL: Add DNS Configuration

[root@guestshell guestshell]#  cat >> /etc/resolv.conf << EOF
nameserver 10.0.0.202
domain mycompany.com
EOF

OPTIONAL: Define proxy server variables if needed to allow network access to SaltStack package repositories

export http_proxy=http://proxy.yourdomain.com:<port>
export https_proxy=https://proxy.yourdomain.com:<port>

STEP 3: Install SaltStack Minion

OPTIONAL: Upgrade the pip installer

[root@guestshell guestshell]# pip install --upgrade pip

Install the certifi python package.

[root@guestshell guestshell]# pip install certifi

The most current information on installing the SaltStack Minion in a Centos7 environment can be found here

Information from the install guide is provided here for convenience.

Run the following commands to install the SaltStack repository and key:

Run the following command to force yum to revalidate the cache for each repository.

[root@guestshell guestshell]# yum clean expire-cache

Install the Salt Minion.

[root@guestshell guestshell]# yum install salt-minion

STEP 4: Configure SaltStack Minion

Make the following changes to the /etc/salt/minion configuration file in the NX-OS GuestShell.

Change the master: directive to point to the SaltStack Master.

- #master: salt
+ master: saltmaster.example.com

Change the id: directive to easily identify the minion running in the GuestShell.

Example:

- #id: salt
+ id: n3k-guestshell-minion

Start the Minion in the Guestshell and accept the key on the SaltStack Master.

[root@guestshell ~]# systemctl start salt-minion

saltmaster: salt-key -L
Accepted Keys:
Denied Keys:
Unaccepted Keys:
n3k-guestshell-minion
Rejected Keys:
saltmaster: salt-key -A
The following keys are going to be accepted:
Unaccepted Keys:
n3k-guestshell-minion
Proceed? [n/Y] Y
Key for minion n3k-guestshell-minion accepted.

Ping the SaltStack Minion running in the Guestshell.

saltmaster: salt n3k-guestshell-minion nxos.ping
n3k-guestshell-minion:
  True

GuestShell Salt Minion Persistence

This section documents SaltStack Minion persistence in the guestshell after system restarts and high availability switchovers.

The guestshell container does not automatically sync filesystem changes from the active processor to the standby processor. This means that SaltStack Minion installation files and related file changes will not be present on the standby until they are manually synced with the following NX-OS exec command:

guestshell sync

The guestshell environment uses systemd for service management. The SaltStack Minion provides a generic systemd script when installed, but a slight modification as shown below is needed for nodes that run Salt in the management (or other vrf) namespace:

--- /usr/lib/systemd/system/salt-minion.service.old
+++ /usr/lib/systemd/system/salt-minion.service
[Unit]
Description=The Salt Minion
Documentation=man:salt-minion(1) file:///usr/share/doc/salt/html/contents.html
https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/contents.html
After=network.target salt-master.service

[Service]
KillMode=process
Type=notify
NotifyAccess=all
LimitNOFILE=8192

- ExecStart=/usr/bin/salt-minion
+ ExecStart=/bin/nsenter --net=/var/run/netns/management -- /usr/bin/salt-minion

[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target

Change the pidfile: directive to point to the /run tmpfs location in the GuestShell.

- #pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
+ pidfile: /run/salt-minion.pid

Next, enable the SaltStack Minion systemd service (the enable command adds it to systemd for autostarting on the next boot) and optionally start it now:

systemctl enable salt-minion
systemctl start salt-minion

References

Nexus Document References

ReferencesDescription
GuestShell_N9kN9k Guestshell Programmability Guide
GuestShell_N3kN3k Guestshell Programmability Guide

OpenBSD

Salt was added to the OpenBSD ports tree on Aug 10th 2013. It has been tested on OpenBSD 5.5 onwards.

Salt is dependent on the following additional ports. These will be installed as dependencies of the sysutils/salt port:

devel/py-futures
devel/py-progressbar
net/py-msgpack
net/py-zmq
security/py-crypto
security/py-M2Crypto
textproc/py-MarkupSafe
textproc/py-yaml
www/py-jinja2
www/py-requests
www/py-tornado

Installation

To install Salt from the OpenBSD pkg repo, use the command:

pkg_add salt

Post-installation tasks

Master

To have the Master start automatically at boot time:

rcctl enable salt_master

To start the Master:

rcctl start salt_master

Minion

To have the Minion start automatically at boot time:

rcctl enable salt_minion

To start the Minion:

rcctl start salt_minion

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

macOS

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Latest stable build from the selected branch:

The output of md5 <salt pkg> should match the contents of the corresponding md5 file.

Earlier builds from supported branches

Archived builds from unsupported branches

Installation from Homebrew

brew install saltstack

It should be noted that Homebrew explicitly discourages the use of sudo:

Homebrew is designed to work without using sudo. You can decide to use it but we strongly recommend not to do so. If you have used sudo and run into a bug then it is likely to be the cause. Please don’t file a bug report unless you can reproduce it after reinstalling Homebrew from scratch without using sudo

Installation from MacPorts

Macports isolates its dependencies from the OS, and installs salt in /opt/local by default, with config files under /opt/local/etc/salt. For best results, add /opt/local/bin to your PATH.

sudo port install salt

Variants allow selection of python version used to run salt, defaulting to python27, but also supporting python34, python35, and python36. To install salt with Python 3.6, use the python36 variant, for example:

sudo port install salt @python36

Startup items (for master, minion, and rest-cherrypy API gateway, respectively) are installed by subport targets. These will register launchd LaunchDaemons as org.macports.salt-minion, for example, to trigger automatic startup of the salt-minion through launchd. LaunchDaemons for salt can be started and stopped without reboot using the macprots load and unload commands.

sudo port install salt-master salt-minion salt-api
sudo port load salt-master salt-minion salt-api

Installation from Pip

When only using the macOS system's pip, install this way:

sudo pip install salt

Salt-Master Customizations

NOTE:

Salt master on macOS is not tested or supported by SaltStack. See SaltStack Platform Support for more information.

To run salt-master on macOS, sudo add this configuration option to the /etc/salt/master file:

max_open_files: 8192

On versions previous to macOS 10.10 (Yosemite), increase the root user maxfiles limit:

sudo launchctl limit maxfiles 4096 8192
NOTE:

On macOS 10.10 (Yosemite) and higher, maxfiles should not be adjusted. The default limits are sufficient in all but the most extreme scenarios. Overriding these values with the setting below will cause system instability!

Now the salt-master should run without errors:

sudo salt-master --log-level=all

Post-installation tasks

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

RHEL / CentOS / Scientific Linux / Amazon Linux / Oracle Linux

Salt should work properly with all mainstream derivatives of Red Hat Enterprise Linux, including CentOS, Scientific Linux, Oracle Linux, and Amazon Linux. Report any bugs or issues on the issue tracker.

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Packages for Redhat, CentOS, and Amazon Linux are available in the SaltStack Repository.

  • Red Hat / CentOS
  • Amazon Linux
NOTE:

As of 2015.8.0, EPEL repository is no longer required for installing on RHEL systems. SaltStack repository provides all needed dependencies.

WARNING:

If installing on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 with disabled (not subscribed on) 'RHEL Server Releases' or 'RHEL Server Optional Channel' repositories, append CentOS 7 GPG key URL to SaltStack yum repository configuration to install required base packages:

[saltstack-repo]
name=SaltStack repo for Red Hat Enterprise Linux $releasever
baseurl=https://repo.saltstack.com/yum/redhat/$releasever/$basearch/latest
enabled=1
gpgcheck=1
gpgkey=https://repo.saltstack.com/yum/redhat/$releasever/$basearch/latest/SALTSTACK-GPG-KEY.pub
       https://repo.saltstack.com/yum/redhat/$releasever/$basearch/latest/base/RPM-GPG-KEY-CentOS-7
NOTE:

systemd and systemd-python are required by Salt, but are not installed by the Red Hat 7 @base installation or by the Salt installation. These dependencies might need to be installed before Salt.

Installation from the Community-Maintained Repository

Beginning with version 0.9.4, Salt has been available in EPEL.

NOTE:

Packages in this repository are built by community, and it can take a little while until the latest stable SaltStack release become available.

RHEL/CentOS 6 and 7, Scientific Linux, etc.

WARNING:

Salt 2015.8 is currently not available in EPEL due to unsatisfied dependencies: python-crypto 2.6.1 or higher, and python-tornado version 4.2.1 or higher. These packages are not currently available in EPEL for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and 7.

Enabling EPEL

If the EPEL repository is not installed on your system, you can download the RPM for RHEL/CentOS 6 or for RHEL/CentOS 7 and install it using the following command:

rpm -Uvh epel-release-X-Y.rpm

Replace epel-release-X-Y.rpm with the appropriate filename.

Installing Stable Release

Salt is packaged separately for the minion and the master. It is necessary to install only the appropriate package for the role the machine will play. Typically, there will be one master and multiple minions.

  • yum install salt-master
  • yum install salt-minion
  • yum install salt-ssh
  • yum install salt-syndic
  • yum install salt-cloud

Installing from epel-testing

When a new Salt release is packaged, it is first admitted into the epel-testing repository, before being moved to the stable EPEL repository.

To install from epel-testing, use the enablerepo argument for yum:

yum --enablerepo=epel-testing install salt-minion

Installation Using pip

Since Salt is on PyPI, it can be installed using pip, though most users prefer to install using RPM packages (which can be installed from EPEL).

Installing from pip has a few additional requirements:

  • Install the group 'Development Tools', yum groupinstall 'Development Tools'
  • Install the 'zeromq-devel' package if it fails on linking against that afterwards as well.

A pip install does not make the init scripts or the /etc/salt directory, and you will need to provide your own systemd service unit.

Installation from pip:

pip install salt
WARNING:

If installing from pip (or from source using setup.py install), be advised that the yum-utils package is needed for Salt to manage packages. Also, if the Python dependencies are not already installed, then you will need additional libraries/tools installed to build some of them. More information on this can be found here.

ZeroMQ 4

We recommend using ZeroMQ 4 where available. SaltStack provides ZeroMQ 4.0.5 and pyzmq 14.5.0 in the SaltStack Repository.

If this repository is added before Salt is installed, then installing either salt-master or salt-minion will automatically pull in ZeroMQ 4.0.5, and additional steps to upgrade ZeroMQ and pyzmq are unnecessary.

Package Management

Salt's interface to yum makes heavy use of the repoquery utility, from the yum-utils package. This package will be installed as a dependency if salt is installed via EPEL. However, if salt has been installed using pip, or a host is being managed using salt-ssh, then as of version 2014.7.0 yum-utils will be installed automatically to satisfy this dependency.

Post-installation tasks

Master

To have the Master start automatically at boot time:

RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6

chkconfig salt-master on

RHEL/CentOS 7

systemctl enable salt-master.service

To start the Master:

RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6

service salt-master start

RHEL/CentOS 7

systemctl start salt-master.service

Minion

To have the Minion start automatically at boot time:

RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6

chkconfig salt-minion on

RHEL/CentOS 7

systemctl enable salt-minion.service

To start the Minion:

RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6

service salt-minion start

RHEL/CentOS 7

systemctl start salt-minion.service

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

Solaris

Salt is known to work on Solaris but community packages are unmaintained.

It is possible to install Salt on Solaris by using setuptools.

For example, to install the develop version of salt:

git clone https://github.com/saltstack/salt
cd salt
sudo python setup.py install --force
NOTE:

SaltStack does offer commercial support for Solaris which includes packages.

Ubuntu

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Packages for Ubuntu 16 (Xenial), Ubuntu 14 (Trusty), and Ubuntu 12 (Precise) are available in the SaltStack repository.

Instructions are at https://repo.saltstack.com/#ubuntu.

Install Packages

Install the Salt master, minion or other packages from the repository with the apt-get command. These examples each install one of Salt components, but more than one package name may be given at a time:

  • apt-get install salt-api
  • apt-get install salt-cloud
  • apt-get install salt-master
  • apt-get install salt-minion
  • apt-get install salt-ssh
  • apt-get install salt-syndic

Post-installation tasks

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

Windows

Salt has full support for running the Salt minion on Windows. You must connect Windows Salt minions to a Salt master on a supported operating system to control your Salt Minions.

Many of the standard Salt modules have been ported to work on Windows and many of the Salt States currently work on Windows as well.

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Latest stable build from the selected branch:

The output of md5sum <salt minion exe> should match the contents of the corresponding md5 file.

Earlier builds from supported branches

Archived builds from unsupported branches

NOTE:

The installation executable installs dependencies that the Salt minion requires.

The 64bit installer has been tested on Windows 7 64bit and Windows Server 2008R2 64bit. The 32bit installer has been tested on Windows 2008 Server 32bit. Please file a bug report on our GitHub repo if issues for other platforms are found.

There are installers available for Python 2 and Python 3.

The installer will detect previous installations of Salt and ask if you would like to remove them. Clicking OK will remove the Salt binaries and related files but leave any existing config, cache, and PKI information.

Salt Minion Installation

If the system is missing the appropriate version of the Visual C++ Redistributable (vcredist) the user will be prompted to install it. Click OK to install the vcredist. Click Cancel to abort the installation without making modifications to the system.

If Salt is already installed on the system the user will be prompted to remove the previous installation. Click OK to uninstall Salt without removing the configuration, PKI information, or cached files. Click Cancel to abort the installation before making any modifications to the system.

After the Welcome and the License Agreement, the installer asks for two bits of information to configure the minion; the master hostname and the minion name. The installer will update the minion config with these options.

If the installer finds an existing minion config file, these fields will be populated with values from the existing config, but they will be grayed out. There will also be a checkbox to use the existing config. If you continue, the existing config will be used. If the checkbox is unchecked, default values are displayed and can be changed. If you continue, the existing config file in c:\salt\conf will be removed along with the c:\salt\conf\minion.d directory. The values entered will be used with the default config.

The final page allows you to start the minion service and optionally change its startup type. By default, the minion is set to Automatic. You can change the minion start type to Automatic (Delayed Start) by checking the 'Delayed Start' checkbox.

NOTE:

Highstates that require a reboot may fail after reboot because salt continues the highstate before Windows has finished the booting process. This can be fixed by changing the startup type to 'Automatic (Delayed Start)'. The drawback is that it may increase the time it takes for the 'salt-minion' service to actually start.

The salt-minion service will appear in the Windows Service Manager and can be managed there or from the command line like any other Windows service.

sc start salt-minion
net start salt-minion

Installation Prerequisites

Most Salt functionality should work just fine right out of the box. A few Salt modules rely on PowerShell. The minimum version of PowerShell required for Salt is version 3. If you intend to work with DSC then Powershell version 5 is the minimum.

Silent Installer Options

The installer can be run silently by providing the /S option at the command line. The installer also accepts the following options for configuring the Salt Minion silently:

OptionDescription
/master=A string value to set the IP address or hostname of the master. Default value is 'salt'. You can pass a single master or a comma-separated list of masters. Setting the master will cause the installer to use the default config or a custom config if defined.
/minion-name=A string value to set the minion name. Default value is 'hostname'. Setting the minion name causes the installer to use the default config or a custom config if defined.
/start-minion=Either a 1 or 0. '1' will start the salt-minion service, '0' will not. Default is to start the service after installation.
/start-minion-delayedSet the minion start type to Automatic (Delayed Start).
/default-configOverwrite the existing config if present with the default config for salt. Default is to use the existing config if present. If /master and/or /minion-name is passed, those values will be used to update the new default config.
/custom-config=A string value specifying the name of a custom config file in the same path as the installer or the full path to a custom config file. If /master and/or /minion-name is passed, those values will be used to update the new custom config.
/SRuns the installation silently. Uses the above settings or the defaults.
/?Displays command line help.

NOTE:

/start-service has been deprecated but will continue to function as expected for the time being.

NOTE:

/default-config and /custom-config= will backup an existing config if found. A timestamp and a .bak extension will be added. That includes the minion file and the minion.d directory.

Here are some examples of using the silent installer:

# Install the Salt Minion
# Configure the minion and start the service

Salt-Minion-2017.7.1-Py2-AMD64-Setup.exe /S /master=yoursaltmaster /minion-name=yourminionname
# Install the Salt Minion
# Configure the minion but don't start the minion service

Salt-Minion-2017.7.1-Py3-AMD64-Setup.exe /S /master=yoursaltmaster /minion-name=yourminionname /start-minion=0
# Install the Salt Minion
# Configure the minion using a custom config and configuring multimaster

Salt-Minion-2017.7.1-Py3-AMD64-Setup.exe /S /custom-config=windows_minion /master=prod_master1,prod_master2

Running the Salt Minion on Windows as an Unprivileged User

Notes:

  • These instructions were tested with Windows Server 2008 R2
  • They are generalizable to any version of Windows that supports a salt-minion

Create the Unprivileged User that the Salt Minion will Run As

  1. Click Start > Control Panel > User Accounts.
  2. Click Add or remove user accounts.
  3. Click Create new account.
  4. Enter salt-user (or a name of your preference) in the New account name field.
  5. Select the Standard user radio button.
  6. Click the Create Account button.
  7. Click on the newly created user account.
  8. Click the Create a password link.
  9. In the New password and Confirm new password fields, provide a password (e.g "SuperSecretMinionPassword4Me!").
  10. In the Type a password hint field, provide appropriate text (e.g. "My Salt Password").
  11. Click the Create password button.
  12. Close the Change an Account window.

Add the New User to the Access Control List for the Salt Folder

  1. In a File Explorer window, browse to the path where Salt is installed (the default path is C:\Salt).
  2. Right-click on the Salt folder and select Properties.
  3. Click on the Security tab.
  4. Click the Edit button.
  5. Click the Add button.
  6. Type the name of your designated Salt user and click the OK button.
  7. Check the box to Allow the Modify permission.
  8. Click the OK button.
  9. Click the OK button to close the Salt Properties window.

Update the Windows Service User for the salt-minion Service

  1. Click Start > Administrative Tools > Services.
  2. In the Services list, right-click on salt-minion and select Properties.
  3. Click the Log On tab.
  4. Click the This account radio button.
  5. Provide the account credentials created in section A.
  6. Click the OK button.
  7. Click the OK button to the prompt confirming that the user has been granted the Log On As A Service right.
  8. Click the OK button to the prompt confirming that The new logon name will not take effect until you stop and restart the service.
  9. Right-Click on salt-minion and select Stop.
  10. Right-Click on salt-minion and select Start.

Building and Developing on Windows

This document will explain how to set up a development environment for Salt on Windows. The development environment allows you to work with the source code to customize or fix bugs. It will also allow you to build your own installation.

There are several scripts to automate creating a Windows installer as well as setting up an environment that facilitates developing and troubleshooting Salt code. They are located in the pkg\windows directory in the Salt repo (here).

Scripts

ScriptDescription
build_env_2.ps1A PowerShell script that sets up a Python 2 build environment
build_env_3.ps1A PowerShell script that sets up a Python 3 build environment
build_pkg.batA batch file that builds a Windows installer based on the contents of the C:\Python27 directory
build.batA batch file that fully automates the building of the Windows installer using the above two scripts
NOTE:

The build.bat and build_pkg.bat scripts both accept a parameter to specify the version of Salt that will be displayed in the Windows installer. If no version is passed, the version will be determined using git.

Both scripts also accept an additional parameter to specify the version of Python to use. The default is 2.

Prerequisite Software

The only prerequisite is Git for Windows.

Create a Build Environment

1. Working Directory

Create a Salt-Dev directory on the root of C:. This will be our working directory. Navigate to Salt-Dev and clone the Salt repo from GitHub.

Open a command line and type:

cd \
md Salt-Dev
cd Salt-Dev
git clone https://github.com/saltstack/salt

Go into the salt directory and checkout the version of salt to work with (2016.3 or higher).

cd salt
git checkout 2017.7.2

2. Setup the Python Environment

Navigate to the pkg\windows directory and execute the build_env.ps1 PowerShell script.

cd pkg\windows
powershell -file build_env_2.ps1
NOTE:

You can also do this from Explorer by navigating to the pkg\windows directory, right clicking the build_env_2.ps1 powershell script and selecting Run with PowerShell

This will download and install Python 2 with all the dependencies needed to develop and build Salt.

NOTE:

If you get an error or the script fails to run you may need to change the execution policy. Open a powershell window and type the following command:

Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned

3. Salt in Editable Mode

Editable mode allows you to more easily modify and test the source code. For more information see the Pip documentation.

Navigate to the root of the salt directory and install Salt in editable mode with pip

cd \Salt-Dev\salt
pip install -e .
NOTE:

The . is important

NOTE:

If pip is not recognized, you may need to restart your shell to get the updated path

NOTE:

If pip is still not recognized make sure that the Python Scripts folder is in the System %PATH%. (C:\Python2\Scripts)

4. Setup Salt Configuration

Salt requires a minion configuration file and a few other directories. The default config file is named minion located in C:\salt\conf. The easiest way to set this up is to copy the contents of the salt\pkg\windows\buildenv directory to C:\salt.

cd \
md salt
xcopy /s /e \Salt-Dev\salt\pkg\windows\buildenv\* \salt\

Now go into the C:\salt\conf directory and edit the minion config file named minion (no extension). You need to configure the master and id parameters in this file. Edit the following lines:

master: <ip or name of your master>
id: <name of your minion>

Create a Windows Installer

To create a Windows installer, follow steps 1 and 2 from Create a Build Environment above. Then proceed to 3 below:

3. Install Salt

To create the installer for Window we install Salt using Python instead of pip. Navigate to the root salt directory and install Salt.

cd \Salt-Dev\salt
python setup.py install

4. Create the Windows Installer

Navigate to the pkg\windows directory and run the build_pkg.bat with the build version (2017.7.2) and the Python version as parameters.

cd pkg\windows
build_pkg.bat 2017.7.2 2
              ^^^^^^^^ ^
                  |    |
# build version --     |
# python version ------
NOTE:

If no version is passed, the build_pkg.bat will guess the version number using git. If the python version is not passed, the default is 2.

Creating a Windows Installer: Alternate Method (Easier)

Clone the Salt repo from GitHub into the directory of your choice. We're going to use Salt-Dev.

cd \
md Salt-Dev
cd Salt-Dev
git clone https://github.com/saltstack/salt

Go into the salt directory and checkout the version of Salt you want to build.

cd salt
git checkout 2017.7.2

Then navigate to pkg\windows and run the build.bat script with the version you're building.

cd pkg\windows
build.bat 2017.7.2 3
          ^^^^^^^^ ^
              |    |
# build version    |
# python version --

This will install everything needed to build a Windows installer for Salt using Python 3. The binary will be in the salt\pkg\windows\installer directory.

Testing the Salt minion

  1. Create the directory C:\salt (if it doesn't exist already)
  2. Copy the example conf and var directories from

    pkg\windows\buildenv into C:\salt

  3. Edit C:\salt\conf\minion

    master: ipaddress or hostname of your salt-master
  4. Start the salt-minion

    cd C:\Python27\Scripts
    python salt-minion -l debug
  5. On the salt-master accept the new minion's key

    sudo salt-key -A

    This accepts all unaccepted keys. If you're concerned about security just accept the key for this specific minion.

  6. Test that your minion is responding

    On the salt-master run:

    sudo salt '*' test.version

You should get the following response: {'your minion hostname': True}

Packages Management Under Windows 2003

Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP have both reached End of Support. Though Salt is not officially supported on operating systems that are EoL, some functionality may continue to work.

On Windows Server 2003, you need to install optional component "WMI Windows Installer Provider" to get a full list of installed packages. If you don't have this, salt-minion can't report some installed software.

Suse

Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository

Packages for SUSE 12 SP1, SUSE 12, SUSE 11, openSUSE 13 and openSUSE Leap 42.1 are available in the SaltStack Repository.

Instructions are at https://repo.saltstack.com/#suse.

Installation from the SUSE Repository

Since openSUSE 13.2, Salt 2014.1.11 is available in the primary repositories. With the release of SUSE manager 3 a new repository setup has been created. The new repo will by systemsmanagement:saltstack, which is the source for newer stable packages. For backward compatibility a linkpackage will be created to the old devel:language:python repo. All development of suse packages will be done in systemsmanagement:saltstack:testing. This will ensure that salt will be in mainline suse repo's, a stable release repo and a testing repo for further enhancements.

Installation

Salt can be installed using zypper and is available in the standard openSUSE/SLES repositories.

Stable Release

Salt is packaged separately for the minion and the master. It is necessary only to install the appropriate package for the role the machine will play. Typically, there will be one master and multiple minions.

zypper install salt-master
zypper install salt-minion

Post-installation tasks openSUSE

Master

To have the Master start automatically at boot time:

systemctl enable salt-master.service

To start the Master:

systemctl start salt-master.service

Minion

To have the Minion start automatically at boot time:

systemctl enable salt-minion.service

To start the Minion:

systemctl start salt-minion.service

Post-installation tasks SLES

Master

To have the Master start automatically at boot time:

chkconfig salt-master on

To start the Master:

rcsalt-master start

Minion

To have the Minion start automatically at boot time:

chkconfig salt-minion on

To start the Minion:

rcsalt-minion start

Unstable Release

openSUSE

For openSUSE Tumbleweed run the following as root:

zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master

For openSUSE 15.0 Leap run the following as root:

zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master

For openSUSE 15.1 run the following as root:

zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master

SUSE Linux Enterprise

For SLE 15 and above run the following as root:

zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master

Now go to the Configuring Salt page.

Initial Configuration

Configuring Salt

Salt configuration is very simple. The default configuration for the master will work for most installations and the only requirement for setting up a minion is to set the location of the master in the minion configuration file.

The configuration files will be installed to /etc/salt and are named after the respective components, /etc/salt/master, and /etc/salt/minion.

Master Configuration

By default the Salt master listens on ports 4505 and 4506 on all interfaces (0.0.0.0). To bind Salt to a specific IP, redefine the "interface" directive in the master configuration file, typically /etc/salt/master, as follows:

- #interface: 0.0.0.0
+ interface: 10.0.0.1

After updating the configuration file, restart the Salt master. See the master configuration reference for more details about other configurable options.

Minion Configuration

Although there are many Salt Minion configuration options, configuring a Salt Minion is very simple. By default a Salt Minion will try to connect to the DNS name "salt"; if the Minion is able to resolve that name correctly, no configuration is needed.

If the DNS name "salt" does not resolve to point to the correct location of the Master, redefine the "master" directive in the minion configuration file, typically /etc/salt/minion, as follows:

- #master: salt
+ master: 10.0.0.1

After updating the configuration file, restart the Salt minion. See the minion configuration reference for more details about other configurable options.

Proxy Minion Configuration

A proxy minion emulates the behaviour of a regular minion and inherits their options.

Similarly, the configuration file is /etc/salt/proxy and the proxy tries to connect to the DNS name "salt".

In addition to the regular minion options, there are several proxy-specific - see the proxy minion configuration reference.

Running Salt

  1. Start the master in the foreground (to daemonize the process, pass the -d flag):

    salt-master
  2. Start the minion in the foreground (to daemonize the process, pass the -d flag):

    salt-minion
    Having trouble?

    The simplest way to troubleshoot Salt is to run the master and minion in the foreground with log level set to debug:

    salt-master --log-level=debug

    For information on salt's logging system please see the logging document.

    Run as an unprivileged (non-root) user

    To run Salt as another user, set the user parameter in the master config file.

    Additionally, ownership, and permissions need to be set such that the desired user can read from and write to the following directories (and their subdirectories, where applicable):

    • /etc/salt
    • /var/cache/salt
    • /var/log/salt
    • /var/run/salt

    More information about running salt as a non-privileged user can be found here.

There is also a full troubleshooting guide available.

Key Identity

Salt provides commands to validate the identity of your Salt master and Salt minions before the initial key exchange. Validating key identity helps avoid inadvertently connecting to the wrong Salt master, and helps prevent a potential MiTM attack when establishing the initial connection.

Master Key Fingerprint

Print the master key fingerprint by running the following command on the Salt master:

salt-key -F master

Copy the master.pub fingerprint from the Local Keys section, and then set this value as the master_finger in the minion configuration file. Save the configuration file and then restart the Salt minion.

Minion Key Fingerprint

Run the following command on each Salt minion to view the minion key fingerprint:

salt-call --local key.finger

Compare this value to the value that is displayed when you run the salt-key --finger <MINION_ID> command on the Salt master.

Key Management

Salt uses AES encryption for all communication between the Master and the Minion. This ensures that the commands sent to the Minions cannot be tampered with, and that communication between Master and Minion is authenticated through trusted, accepted keys.

Before commands can be sent to a Minion, its key must be accepted on the Master. Run the salt-key command to list the keys known to the Salt Master:

[root@master ~]# salt-key -L
Unaccepted Keys:
alpha
bravo
charlie
delta
Accepted Keys:

This example shows that the Salt Master is aware of four Minions, but none of the keys has been accepted. To accept the keys and allow the Minions to be controlled by the Master, again use the salt-key command:

[root@master ~]# salt-key -A
[root@master ~]# salt-key -L
Unaccepted Keys:
Accepted Keys:
alpha
bravo
charlie
delta

The salt-key command allows for signing keys individually or in bulk. The example above, using -A bulk-accepts all pending keys. To accept keys individually use the lowercase of the same option, -a keyname.

SEE ALSO:

salt-key manpage

Sending Commands

Communication between the Master and a Minion may be verified by running the test.version command:

[root@master ~]# salt alpha test.version
alpha:
    2018.3.4

Communication between the Master and all Minions may be tested in a similar way:

[root@master ~]# salt '*' test.version
alpha:
    2018.3.4
bravo:
    2018.3.4
charlie:
    2018.3.4
delta:
    2018.3.4

Each of the Minions should send a 2018.3.4 response as shown above, or any other salt version installed.

What's Next?

Understanding targeting is important. From there, depending on the way you wish to use Salt, you should also proceed to learn about Remote Execution and Configuration Management.

Additional Installation Guides

Salt Bootstrap

The Salt Bootstrap Script allows a user to install the Salt Minion or Master on a variety of system distributions and versions.

The Salt Bootstrap Script is a shell script is known as bootstrap-salt.sh. It runs through a series of checks to determine the operating system type and version. It then installs the Salt binaries using the appropriate methods.

The Salt Bootstrap Script installs the minimum number of packages required to run Salt. This means that in the event you run the bootstrap to install via package, Git will not be installed. Installing the minimum number of packages helps ensure the script stays as lightweight as possible, assuming the user will install any other required packages after the Salt binaries are present on the system.

The Salt Bootstrap Script is maintained in a separate repo from Salt, complete with its own issues, pull requests, contributing guidelines, release protocol, etc.

To learn more, please see the Salt Bootstrap repo links:

  • Salt Bootstrap repo
  • README: includes supported operating systems, example usage, and more.
  • Contributing Guidelines
  • Release Process
NOTE:

The Salt Bootstrap script can be found in the Salt repo under the salt/cloud/deploy/bootstrap-salt.sh path. Any changes to this file will be overwritten! Bug fixes and feature additions must be submitted via the Salt Bootstrap repo. Please see the Salt Bootstrap Script's Release Process for more information.

Opening the Firewall up for Salt

The Salt master communicates with the minions using an AES-encrypted ZeroMQ connection. These communications are done over TCP ports 4505 and 4506, which need to be accessible on the master only. This document outlines suggested firewall rules for allowing these incoming connections to the master.

NOTE:

No firewall configuration needs to be done on Salt minions. These changes refer to the master only.

Fedora 18 and beyond / RHEL 7 / CentOS 7

Starting with Fedora 18 FirewallD is the tool that is used to dynamically manage the firewall rules on a host. It has support for IPv4/6 settings and the separation of runtime and permanent configurations. To interact with FirewallD use the command line client firewall-cmd.

firewall-cmd example:

firewall-cmd --permanent --zone=<zone> --add-port=4505-4506/tcp

A network zone defines the security level of trust for the network. The user should choose an appropriate zone value for their setup. Possible values include: drop, block, public, external, dmz, work, home, internal, trusted.

Don't forget to reload after you made your changes.

firewall-cmd --reload

RHEL 6 / CentOS 6

The lokkit command packaged with some Linux distributions makes opening iptables firewall ports very simple via the command line. Just be careful to not lock out access to the server by neglecting to open the ssh port.

lokkit example:

lokkit -p 22:tcp -p 4505:tcp -p 4506:tcp

The system-config-firewall-tui command provides a text-based interface to modifying the firewall.

system-config-firewall-tui:

system-config-firewall-tui

openSUSE

Salt installs firewall rules in /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/salt. Enable with:

SuSEfirewall2 open
SuSEfirewall2 start

If you have an older package of Salt where the above configuration file is not included, the SuSEfirewall2 command makes opening iptables firewall ports very simple via the command line.

SuSEfirewall example:

SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP 4505
SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP 4506

The firewall module in YaST2 provides a text-based interface to modifying the firewall.

YaST2:

yast2 firewall

Windows

Windows Firewall is the default component of Microsoft Windows that provides firewalling and packet filtering. There are many 3rd party firewalls available for Windows, some of which use rules from the Windows Firewall. If you are experiencing problems see the vendor's specific documentation for opening the required ports.

The Windows Firewall can be configured using the Windows Interface or from the command line.

Windows Firewall (interface):

  1. Open the Windows Firewall Interface by typing wf.msc at the command prompt or in a run dialog (Windows Key + R)
  2. Navigate to Inbound Rules in the console tree
  3. Add a new rule by clicking New Rule... in the Actions area
  4. Change the Rule Type to Port. Click Next
  5. Set the Protocol to TCP and specify local ports 4505-4506. Click Next
  6. Set the Action to Allow the connection. Click Next
  7. Apply the rule to Domain, Private, and Public. Click Next
  8. Give the new rule a Name, ie: Salt. You may also add a description. Click Finish

Windows Firewall (command line):

The Windows Firewall rule can be created by issuing a single command. Run the following command from the command line or a run prompt:

netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="Salt" dir=in action=allow protocol=TCP localport=4505-4506

iptables

Different Linux distributions store their iptables (also known as netfilter) rules in different places, which makes it difficult to standardize firewall documentation. Included are some of the more common locations, but your mileage may vary.

Fedora / RHEL / CentOS:

/etc/sysconfig/iptables

Arch Linux:

/etc/iptables/iptables.rules

Debian

Follow these instructions: https://wiki.debian.org/iptables

Once you've found your firewall rules, you'll need to add the below line to allow traffic on tcp/4505 and tcp/4506:

-A INPUT -m state --state new -m tcp -p tcp --dport 4505:4506 -j ACCEPT

Ubuntu

Salt installs firewall rules in /etc/ufw/applications.d/salt.ufw. Enable with:

ufw allow salt

pf.conf

The BSD-family of operating systems uses packet filter (pf). The following example describes the addition to pf.conf needed to access the Salt master.

pass in on $int_if proto tcp from any to $int_if port 4505:4506

Once this addition has been made to the pf.conf the rules will need to be reloaded. This can be done using the pfctl command.

pfctl -vf /etc/pf.conf

Whitelist communication to Master

There are situations where you want to selectively allow Minion traffic from specific hosts or networks into your Salt Master. The first scenario which comes to mind is to prevent unwanted traffic to your Master out of security concerns, but another scenario is to handle Minion upgrades when there are backwards incompatible changes between the installed Salt versions in your environment.

Here is an example Linux iptables ruleset to be set on the Master:

# Allow Minions from these networks
-I INPUT -s 10.1.2.0/24 -p tcp --dports 4505:4506 -j ACCEPT
-I INPUT -s 10.1.3.0/24 -p tcp --dports 4505:4506 -j ACCEPT
# Allow Salt to communicate with Master on the loopback interface
-A INPUT -i lo -p tcp --dports 4505:4506 -j ACCEPT
# Reject everything else
-A INPUT -p tcp --dports 4505:4506 -j REJECT
NOTE:

The important thing to note here is that the salt command needs to communicate with the listening network socket of salt-master on the loopback interface. Without this you will see no outgoing Salt traffic from the master, even for a simple salt '*' test.version, because the salt client never reached the salt-master to tell it to carry out the execution.

Preseed Minion with Accepted Key

In some situations, it is not convenient to wait for a minion to start before accepting its key on the master. For instance, you may want the minion to bootstrap itself as soon as it comes online. You may also want to let your developers provision new development machines on the fly.

SEE ALSO:

Many ways to preseed minion keys

Salt has other ways to generate and pre-accept minion keys in addition to the manual steps outlined below.

salt-cloud performs these same steps automatically when new cloud VMs are created (unless instructed not to).

salt-api exposes an HTTP call to Salt's REST API to generate and download the new minion keys as a tarball.

There is a general four step process to do this:

1.

Generate the keys on the master:

root@saltmaster# salt-key --gen-keys=[key_name]

Pick a name for the key, such as the minion's id.

2.

Add the public key to the accepted minion folder:

root@saltmaster# cp key_name.pub /etc/salt/pki/master/minions/[minion_id]

It is necessary that the public key file has the same name as your minion id. This is how Salt matches minions with their keys. Also note that the pki folder could be in a different location, depending on your OS or if specified in the master config file.

3.

Distribute the minion keys.

There is no single method to get the keypair to your minion.  The difficulty is finding a distribution method which is secure. For Amazon EC2 only, an AWS best practice is to use IAM Roles to pass credentials. (See blog post, https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/security/using-iam-roles-to-distribute-non-aws-credentials-to-your-ec2-instances/ )

Security Warning

Since the minion key is already accepted on the master, distributing the private key poses a potential security risk. A malicious party will have access to your entire state tree and other sensitive data if they gain access to a preseeded minion key.

4.

Preseed the Minion with the keys

You will want to place the minion keys before starting the salt-minion daemon:

/etc/salt/pki/minion/minion.pem
/etc/salt/pki/minion/minion.pub

Once in place, you should be able to start salt-minion and run salt-call state.apply or any other salt commands that require master authentication.

The macOS (Maverick) Developer Step By Step Guide To Salt Installation

This document provides a step-by-step guide to installing a Salt cluster consisting of  one master, and one minion running on a local VM hosted on macOS.

NOTE:

This guide is aimed at developers who wish to run Salt in a virtual machine. The official (Linux) walkthrough can be found here.

The 5 Cent Salt Intro

Since you're here you've probably already heard about Salt, so you already know Salt lets you configure and run commands on hordes of servers easily. Here's a brief overview of a Salt cluster:

  • Salt works by having a "master" server sending commands to one or multiple "minion" servers. The master server is the "command center". It is going to be the place where you store your configuration files, aka: "which server is the db, which is the web server, and what libraries and software they should have installed". The minions receive orders from the master. Minions are the servers actually performing work for your business.
  • Salt has two types of configuration files:

    1. the "salt communication channels" or "meta"  or "config" configuration files (not official names): one for the master (usually is /etc/salt/master , on the master server), and one for minions (default is /etc/salt/minion or /etc/salt/minion.conf, on the minion servers). Those files are used to determine things like the Salt Master IP, port, Salt folder locations, etc.. If these are configured incorrectly, your minions will probably be unable to receive orders from the master, or the master will not know which software a given minion should install.

    2. the "business" or "service" configuration files (once again, not an official name): these are configuration files, ending with ".sls" extension, that describe which software should run on which server, along with particular configuration properties for the software that is being installed. These files should be created in the /srv/salt folder by default, but their location can be changed using ... /etc/salt/master configuration file!

NOTE:

This tutorial contains a third important configuration file, not to be confused with the previous two: the virtual machine provisioning configuration file. This in itself is not specifically tied to Salt, but it also contains some Salt configuration. More on that in step 3. Also note that all configuration files are YAML files. So indentation matters.

NOTE:

Salt also works with "masterless" configuration where a minion is autonomous (in which case salt can be seen as a local configuration tool), or in "multiple master" configuration. See the documentation for more on that.

Before Digging In, The Architecture Of The Salt Cluster

Salt Master

The "Salt master" server is going to be the Mac OS machine, directly. Commands will be run from a terminal app, so Salt will need to be installed on the Mac. This is going to be more convenient for toying around with configuration files.

Salt Minion

We'll only have one "Salt minion" server. It is going to be running on a Virtual Machine running on the Mac, using VirtualBox. It will run an Ubuntu distribution.

Step 1 - Configuring The Salt Master On Your Mac

Official Documentation

Because Salt has a lot of dependencies that are not built in macOS, we will use Homebrew to install Salt. Homebrew is a package manager for Mac, it's great, use it (for this tutorial at least!). Some people spend a lot of time installing libs by hand to better understand dependencies, and then realize how useful a package manager is once they're configuring a brand new machine and have to do it all over again. It also lets you uninstall things easily.

NOTE:

Brew is a Ruby program (Ruby is installed by default with your Mac). Brew downloads, compiles, and links software. The linking phase is when compiled software is deployed on your machine. It may conflict with manually installed software, especially in the /usr/local directory. It's ok, remove the manually installed version then refresh the link by typing brew link 'packageName'. Brew has a brew doctor command that can help you troubleshoot. It's a great command, use it often. Brew requires xcode command line tools. When you run brew the first time it asks you to install them if they're not already on your system. Brew installs software in /usr/local/bin (system bins are in /usr/bin). In order to use those bins you need your $PATH to search there first. Brew tells you if your $PATH needs to be fixed.

TIP:

Use the keyboard shortcut cmd + shift + period in the "open" macOS dialog box to display hidden files and folders, such as .profile.

Install Homebrew

Install Homebrew here https://brew.sh/

Or just type

ruby -e "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install)"

Now type the following commands in your terminal (you may want to type brew doctor after each to make sure everything's fine):

brew install python
brew install swig
brew install zmq
NOTE:

zmq is ZeroMQ. It's a fantastic library used for server to server network communication and is at the core of Salt efficiency.

Install Salt

You should now have everything ready to launch this command:

pip install salt
NOTE:

There should be no need for sudo pip install salt. Brew installed Python for your user, so you should have all the access. In case you would like to check, type which python to ensure that it's /usr/local/bin/python, and which pip which should be /usr/local/bin/pip.

Now type python in a terminal then, import salt. There should be no errors. Now exit the Python terminal using exit().

Create The Master Configuration

If the default /etc/salt/master configuration file was not created, copy-paste it from here: http://docs.saltstack.com/ref/configuration/examples.html#configuration-examples-master

NOTE:

/etc/salt/master is a file, not a folder.

Salt Master configuration changes. The Salt master needs a few customization to be able to run on macOS:

sudo launchctl limit maxfiles 4096 8192

In the /etc/salt/master file, change max_open_files to 8192 (or just add the line: max_open_files: 8192 (no quote) if it doesn't already exists).

You should now be able to launch the Salt master:

sudo salt-master --log-level=all

There should be no errors when running the above command.

NOTE:

This command is supposed to be a daemon, but for toying around, we'll keep it running on a terminal to monitor the activity.

Now that the master is set, let's configure a minion on a VM.

Step 2 - Configuring The Minion VM

The Salt minion is going to run on a Virtual Machine. There are a lot of software options that let you run virtual machines on a mac, But for this tutorial we're going to use VirtualBox. In addition to virtualBox, we will use Vagrant, which allows you to create the base VM configuration.

Vagrant lets you build ready to use VM images, starting from an OS image and customizing it using "provisioners". In our case, we'll use it to:

  • Download the base Ubuntu image
  • Install salt on that Ubuntu image (Salt is going to be the "provisioner" for the VM).
  • Launch the VM
  • SSH into the VM to debug
  • Stop the VM once you're done.

Install VirtualBox

Go get it here: https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads (click on VirtualBox for macOS hosts => x86/amd64)

Install Vagrant

Go get it here: https://www.vagrantup.com/downloads.html and choose the latest version (1.3.5 at time of writing), then the .dmg file. Double-click to install it. Make sure the vagrant command is found when run in the terminal. Type vagrant. It should display a list of commands.

Create The Minion VM Folder

Create a folder in which you will store your minion's VM. In this tutorial, it's going to be a minion folder in the $home directory.

cd $home
mkdir minion

Initialize Vagrant

From the minion folder, type

vagrant init

This command creates a default Vagrantfile configuration file. This configuration file will be used to pass configuration parameters to the Salt provisioner in Step 3.

Import Precise64 Ubuntu Box

vagrant box add precise64 http://files.vagrantup.com/precise64.box
NOTE:

This box is added at the global Vagrant level. You only need to do it once as each VM will use this same file.

Modify the Vagrantfile

Modify ./minion/Vagrantfile to use th precise64 box. Change the config.vm.box line to:

config.vm.box = "precise64"

Uncomment the line creating a host-only IP. This is the ip of your minion (you can change it to something else if that IP is already in use):

config.vm.network :private_network, ip: "192.168.33.10"

At this point you should have a VM that can run, although there won't be much in it. Let's check that.

Checking The VM

From the $home/minion folder type:

vagrant up

A log showing the VM booting should be present. Once it's done you'll be back to the terminal:

ping 192.168.33.10

The VM should respond to your ping request.

Now log into the VM in ssh using Vagrant again:

vagrant ssh

You should see the shell prompt change to something similar to vagrant@precise64:~$ meaning you're inside the VM. From there, enter the following:

ping 10.0.2.2
NOTE:

That ip is the ip of your VM host (the macOS host). The number is a VirtualBox default and is displayed in the log after the Vagrant ssh command. We'll use that IP to tell the minion where the Salt master is. Once you're done, end the ssh session by typing exit.

It's now time to connect the VM to the salt master

Step 3 - Connecting Master and Minion

Creating The Minion Configuration File

Create the /etc/salt/minion file. In that file, put the following lines, giving the ID for this minion, and the IP of the master:

master: 10.0.2.2
id: 'minion1'
file_client: remote

Minions authenticate with the master using keys. Keys are generated automatically if you don't provide one and can accept them later on. However, this requires accepting the minion key every time the minion is destroyed or created (which could be quite often). A better way is to create those keys in advance, feed them to the minion, and authorize them once.

Preseed minion keys

From the minion folder on your Mac run:

sudo salt-key --gen-keys=minion1

This should create two files: minion1.pem, and minion1.pub. Since those files have been created using sudo, but will be used by vagrant, you need to change ownership:

sudo chown youruser:yourgroup minion1.pem
sudo chown youruser:yourgroup minion1.pub

Then copy the .pub file into the list of accepted minions:

sudo cp minion1.pub /etc/salt/pki/master/minions/minion1

Modify Vagrantfile to Use Salt Provisioner

Let's now modify the Vagrantfile used to provision the Salt VM. Add the following section in the Vagrantfile (note: it should be at the same indentation level as the other properties):

# salt-vagrant config
config.vm.provision :salt do |salt|
    salt.run_highstate = true
    salt.minion_config = "/etc/salt/minion"
    salt.minion_key = "./minion1.pem"
    salt.minion_pub = "./minion1.pub"
end

Now destroy the vm and recreate it from the /minion folder:

vagrant destroy
vagrant up

If everything is fine you should see the following message:

"Bootstrapping Salt... (this may take a while)
Salt successfully configured and installed!"

Checking Master-Minion Communication

To make sure the master and minion are talking to each other, enter the following:

sudo salt '*' test.version

You should see your minion answering with its salt version. It's now time to do some configuration.

Step 4 - Configure Services to Install On the Minion

In this step we'll use the Salt master to instruct our minion to install Nginx.

Checking the system's original state

First, make sure that an HTTP server is not installed on our minion. When opening a browser directed at http://192.168.33.10/ You should get an error saying the site cannot be reached.

Initialize the top.sls file

System configuration is done in /srv/salt/top.sls (and subfiles/folders), and then applied by running the state.apply function to have the Salt master order its minions to update their instructions and run the associated commands.

First Create an empty file on your Salt master (macOS machine):

touch /srv/salt/top.sls

When the file is empty, or if no configuration is found for our minion an error is reported:

sudo salt 'minion1' state.apply

This should return an error stating: No Top file or external nodes data matches found.

Create The Nginx Configuration

Now is finally the time to enter the real meat of our server's configuration. For this tutorial our minion will be treated as a web server that needs to have Nginx installed.

Insert the following lines into /srv/salt/top.sls (which should current be empty).

base:
  'minion1':
    - bin.nginx

Now create /srv/salt/bin/nginx.sls containing the following:

nginx:
  pkg.installed:
    - name: nginx
  service.running:
    - enable: True
    - reload: True

Check Minion State

Finally, run the state.apply function again:

sudo salt 'minion1' state.apply

You should see a log showing that the Nginx package has been installed and the service configured. To prove it, open your browser and navigate to http://192.168.33.10/, you should see the standard Nginx welcome page.

Congratulations!

Where To Go From Here

A full description of configuration management within Salt (sls files among other things) is available here: http://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/index.html#configuration-management

running salt as normal user tutorial

Before continuing make sure you have a working Salt installation by following the installation and the configuration instructions.

Stuck?

There are many ways to get help from the Salt community including our mailing list and our IRC channel #salt.

Running Salt functions as non root user

If you don't want to run salt cloud as root or even install it you can configure it to have a virtual root in your working directory.

The salt system uses the salt.syspath module to find the variables

If you run the salt-build, it will generated in:

./build/lib.linux-x86_64-2.7/salt/_syspaths.py

To generate it, run the command:

python setup.py build

Copy the generated module into your salt directory

cp ./build/lib.linux-x86_64-2.7/salt/_syspaths.py salt/_syspaths.py

Edit it to include needed variables and your new paths

# you need to edit this
ROOT_DIR = *your current dir* + '/salt/root'

# you need to edit this
INSTALL_DIR = *location of source code*

CONFIG_DIR =  ROOT_DIR + '/etc/salt'
CACHE_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/cache/salt'
SOCK_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/run/salt'
SRV_ROOT_DIR= ROOT_DIR + '/srv'
BASE_FILE_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/salt'
BASE_PILLAR_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/pillar'
BASE_MASTER_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/salt-master'
LOGS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/log/salt'
PIDFILE_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/run'
CLOUD_DIR = INSTALL_DIR + '/cloud'
BOOTSTRAP = CLOUD_DIR + '/deploy/bootstrap-salt.sh'

Create the directory structure

mkdir -p root/etc/salt root/var/cache/run root/run/salt root/srv
root/srv/salt root/srv/pillar root/srv/salt-master root/var/log/salt root/var/run

Populate the configuration files:

cp -r conf/* root/etc/salt/

Edit your root/etc/salt/master configuration that is used by salt-cloud:

user: *your user name*

Run like this:

PYTHONPATH=`pwd` scripts/salt-cloud

Standalone Minion

Since the Salt minion contains such extensive functionality it can be useful to run it standalone. A standalone minion can be used to do a number of things:

  • Use salt-call commands on a system without connectivity to a master
  • Masterless States, run states entirely from files local to the minion
NOTE:

When running Salt in masterless mode, do not run the salt-minion daemon. Otherwise, it will attempt to connect to a master and fail. The salt-call command stands on its own and does not need the salt-minion daemon.

Minion Configuration

Throughout this document there are several references to setting different options to configure a masterless Minion. Salt Minions are easy to configure via a configuration file that is located, by default, in /etc/salt/minion. Note, however, that on FreeBSD systems, the minion configuration file is located in /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.

You can learn more about minion configuration options in the Configuring the Salt Minion docs.

Telling Salt Call to Run Masterless

The salt-call command is used to run module functions locally on a minion instead of executing them from the master. Normally the salt-call command checks into the master to retrieve file server and pillar data, but when running standalone salt-call needs to be instructed to not check the master for this data. To instruct the minion to not look for a master when running salt-call the file_client configuration option needs to be set. By default the file_client is set to remote so that the minion knows that file server and pillar data are to be gathered from the master. When setting the file_client option to local the minion is configured to not gather this data from the master.

file_client: local

Now the salt-call command will not look for a master and will assume that the local system has all of the file and pillar resources.

Running States Masterless

The state system can be easily run without a Salt master, with all needed files local to the minion. To do this the minion configuration file needs to be set up to know how to return file_roots information like the master. The file_roots setting defaults to /srv/salt for the base environment just like on the master:

file_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt

Now set up the Salt State Tree, top file, and SLS modules in the same way that they would be set up on a master. Now, with the file_client option set to local and an available state tree then calls to functions in the state module will use the information in the file_roots on the minion instead of checking in with the master.

Remember that when creating a state tree on a minion there are no syntax or path changes needed, SLS modules written to be used from a master do not need to be modified in any way to work with a minion.

This makes it easy to "script" deployments with Salt states without having to set up a master, and allows for these SLS modules to be easily moved into a Salt master as the deployment grows.

The declared state can now be executed with:

salt-call state.apply

Or the salt-call command can be executed with the --local flag, this makes it unnecessary to change the configuration file:

salt-call state.apply --local

External Pillars

External pillars are supported when running in masterless mode.

Salt Masterless Quickstart

Running a masterless salt-minion lets you use Salt's configuration management for a single machine without calling out to a Salt master on another machine.

Since the Salt minion contains such extensive functionality it can be useful to run it standalone. A standalone minion can be used to do a number of things:

  • Stand up a master server via States (Salting a Salt Master)
  • Use salt-call commands on a system without connectivity to a master
  • Masterless States, run states entirely from files local to the minion

It is also useful for testing out state trees before deploying to a production setup.

Bootstrap Salt Minion

The salt-bootstrap script makes bootstrapping a server with Salt simple for any OS with a Bourne shell:

curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com -o bootstrap_salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap_salt.sh

See the salt-bootstrap documentation for other one liners. When using Vagrant to test out salt, the Vagrant salt provisioner will provision the VM for you.

Telling Salt to Run Masterless

To instruct the minion to not look for a master, the file_client configuration option needs to be set in the minion configuration file. By default the file_client is set to remote so that the minion gathers file server and pillar data from the salt master. When setting the file_client option to local the minion is configured to not gather this data from the master.

file_client: local

Now the salt minion will not look for a master and will assume that the local system has all of the file and pillar resources.

Configuration which resided in the master configuration (e.g. /etc/salt/master) should be moved to the minion configuration since the minion does not read the master configuration.

NOTE:

When running Salt in masterless mode, do not run the salt-minion daemon. Otherwise, it will attempt to connect to a master and fail. The salt-call command stands on its own and does not need the salt-minion daemon.

Create State Tree

Following the successful installation of a salt-minion, the next step is to create a state tree, which is where the SLS files that comprise the possible states of the minion are stored.

The following example walks through the steps necessary to create a state tree that ensures that the server has the Apache webserver installed.

NOTE:

For a complete explanation on Salt States, see the tutorial.

1.

Create the top.sls file:

/srv/salt/top.sls:

base:
  '*':
    - webserver
2.

Create the webserver state tree:

/srv/salt/webserver.sls:

apache:               # ID declaration
  pkg:                # state declaration
    - installed       # function declaration
NOTE:

The apache package has different names on different platforms, for instance on Debian/Ubuntu it is apache2, on Fedora/RHEL it is httpd and on Arch it is apache

The only thing left is to provision our minion using salt-call.

Salt-call

The salt-call command is used to run remote execution functions locally on a minion instead of executing them from the master. Normally the salt-call command checks into the master to retrieve file server and pillar data, but when running standalone salt-call needs to be instructed to not check the master for this data:

salt-call --local state.apply

The --local flag tells the salt-minion to look for the state tree in the local file system and not to contact a Salt Master for instructions.

To provide verbose output, use -l debug:

salt-call --local state.apply -l debug

The minion first examines the top.sls file and determines that it is a part of the group matched by * glob and that the webserver SLS should be applied.

It then examines the webserver.sls file and finds the apache state, which installs the Apache package.

The minion should now have Apache installed, and the next step is to begin learning how to write more complex states.

Dependencies

Salt should run on any Unix-like platform so long as the dependencies are met.

  • Python - Python2 >= 2.7, Python3 >= 3.4
  • msgpack-python - High-performance message interchange format
  • YAML - Python YAML bindings
  • Jinja2 - parsing Salt States (configurable in the master settings)
  • MarkupSafe - Implements a XML/HTML/XHTML Markup safe string for Python
  • apache-libcloud - Python lib for interacting with many of the popular cloud service providers using a unified API
  • Requests - HTTP library
  • Tornado - Web framework and asynchronous networking library
  • futures - Python2 only dependency. Backport of the concurrent.futures package from Python 3.2
  • ZeroMQ:

    • ZeroMQ >= 3.2.0
    • pyzmq >= 2.2.0 - ZeroMQ Python bindings
    • PyCrypto - The Python cryptography toolkit
WARNING:

For historical reasons, Salt requires PyCrypto as a "lowest common denominator". However, PyCrypto is unmaintained and best practice is to manually upgrade to use a more maintained library such as PyCryptodome. See Issue #52674 and Issue #54115 for more info

Salt defaults to the ZeroMQ transport. The --salt-transport installation option is available, but currently only supports the zeromq option. This may be expanded in the future.

python setup.py --salt-transport=zeromq install

This way, only the required dependencies are pulled by the setup script if need be.

If installing using pip, the --salt-transport install option can be provided like:

pip install --install-option="--salt-transport=zeromq" salt
NOTE:

Salt does not bundle dependencies that are typically distributed as part of the base OS. If you have unmet dependencies and are using a custom or minimal installation, you might need to install some additional packages from your OS vendor.

Optional Dependencies

  • mako - an optional parser for Salt States (configurable in the master settings)
  • gcc - dynamic Cython module compiling

Upgrading Salt

When upgrading Salt, the master(s) should always be upgraded first.  Backward compatibility for minions running newer versions of salt than their masters is not guaranteed.

Whenever possible, backward compatibility between new masters and old minions will be preserved.  Generally, the only exception to this policy is in case of a security vulnerability.

SEE ALSO:

Installing Salt for development and contributing to the project.

Building Packages using Salt Pack

Salt-pack is an open-source package builder for most commonly used Linux platforms, for example: Redhat/CentOS and Debian/Ubuntu families, utilizing SaltStack states and execution modules to build Salt and a specified set of dependencies, from which a platform specific repository can be built.

https://github.com/saltstack/salt-pack

Configuring Salt

This section explains how to configure user access, view and store job results, secure and troubleshoot, and how to perform many other administrative tasks.

Configuring the Salt Master

The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure, the two components of the Salt system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the master configuration file, and the salt-minion is configured via the minion configuration file.

SEE ALSO:

Example master configuration file.

The configuration file for the salt-master is located at /etc/salt/master by default. Atomic included configuration files can be placed in /etc/salt/master.d/*.conf. Warning: files with other suffixes than .conf will not be included. A notable exception is FreeBSD, where the configuration file is located at /usr/local/etc/salt. The available options are as follows:

Primary Master Configuration

interface

Default: 0.0.0.0 (all interfaces)

The local interface to bind to, must be an IP address.

interface: 192.168.0.1

ipv6

Default: False

Whether the master should listen for IPv6 connections. If this is set to True, the interface option must be adjusted too (for example: interface: '::')

ipv6: True

publish_port

Default: 4505

The network port to set up the publication interface.

publish_port: 4505

master_id

Default: None

The id to be passed in the publish job to minions. This is used for MultiSyndics to return the job to the requesting master.

NOTE:

This must be the same string as the syndic is configured with.

master_id: MasterOfMaster

user

Default: root

The user to run the Salt processes

user: root

enable_ssh_minions

Default: False

Tell the master to also use salt-ssh when running commands against minions.

enable_ssh_minions: True
NOTE:

Cross-minion communication is still not possible.  The Salt mine and publish.publish do not work between minion types.

ret_port

Default: 4506

The port used by the return server, this is the server used by Salt to receive execution returns and command executions.

ret_port: 4506

pidfile

Default: /var/run/salt-master.pid

Specify the location of the master pidfile.

pidfile: /var/run/salt-master.pid

root_dir

Default: /

The system root directory to operate from, change this to make Salt run from an alternative root.

root_dir: /
NOTE:

This directory is prepended to the following options: pki_dir, cachedir, sock_dir, log_file, autosign_file, autoreject_file, pidfile, autosign_grains_dir.

conf_file

Default: /etc/salt/master

The path to the master's configuration file.

conf_file: /etc/salt/master

pki_dir

Default: /etc/salt/pki/master

The directory to store the pki authentication keys.

pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master

extension_modules

Changed in version 2016.3.0: The default location for this directory has been moved. Prior to this version, the location was a directory named extmods in the Salt cachedir (on most platforms, /var/cache/salt/extmods). It has been moved into the master cachedir (on most platforms, /var/cache/salt/master/extmods).

Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for each of Salt's module types such as runners, output, wheel, modules, states, returners, engines, utils, etc. This path is appended to root_dir.

extension_modules: /root/salt_extmods

extmod_whitelist/extmod_blacklist

New in version 2017.7.0.

By using this dictionary, the modules that are synced to the master's extmod cache using saltutil.sync_* can be limited.  If nothing is set to a specific type, then all modules are accepted.  To block all modules of a specific type, whitelist an empty list.

extmod_whitelist:
  modules:
    - custom_module
  engines:
    - custom_engine
  pillars: []

extmod_blacklist:
  modules:
    - specific_module
Valid options:
  • modules
  • states
  • grains
  • renderers
  • returners
  • output
  • proxy
  • runners
  • wheel
  • engines
  • queues
  • pillar
  • utils
  • sdb
  • cache
  • clouds
  • tops
  • roster
  • tokens

module_dirs

Default: []

Like extension_modules, but a list of extra directories to search for Salt modules.

module_dirs:
  - /var/cache/salt/minion/extmods

cachedir

Default: /var/cache/salt/master

The location used to store cache information, particularly the job information for executed salt commands.

This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.

cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master

verify_env

Default: True

Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.

verify_env: True

keep_jobs

Default: 24

Set the number of hours to keep old job information. Note that setting this option to 0 disables the cache cleaner.

keep_jobs: 24

gather_job_timeout

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 10

The number of seconds to wait when the client is requesting information about running jobs.

gather_job_timeout: 10

timeout

Default: 5

Set the default timeout for the salt command and api.

loop_interval

Default: 60

The loop_interval option controls the seconds for the master's maintenance process check cycle. This process updates file server backends, cleans the job cache and executes the scheduler.

output

Default: nested

Set the default outputter used by the salt command.

outputter_dirs

Default: []

A list of additional directories to search for salt outputters in.

outputter_dirs: []

output_file

Default: None

Set the default output file used by the salt command. Default is to output to the CLI and not to a file. Functions the same way as the "--out-file" CLI option, only sets this to a single file for all salt commands.

output_file: /path/output/file

show_timeout

Default: True

Tell the client to show minions that have timed out.

show_timeout: True

show_jid

Default: False

Tell the client to display the jid when a job is published.

show_jid: False

color

Default: True

By default output is colored, to disable colored output set the color value to False.

color: False

color_theme

Default: ""

Specifies a path to the color theme to use for colored command line output.

color_theme: /etc/salt/color_theme

cli_summary

Default: False

When set to True, displays a summary of the number of minions targeted, the number of minions returned, and the number of minions that did not return.

cli_summary: False

sock_dir

Default: /var/run/salt/master

Set the location to use for creating Unix sockets for master process communication.

sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master

enable_gpu_grains

Default: False

Enable GPU hardware data for your master. Be aware that the master can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used to populate the grains for the master.

enable_gpu_grains: True

skip_grains

Default: False

MasterMinions should omit grains. A MasterMinion is "a minion function object for generic use on the master" that omit pillar. A RunnerClient creates a MasterMinion omitting states and renderer. Setting to True can improve master performance.

skip_grains: True

job_cache

Default: True

The master maintains a temporary job cache. While this is a great addition, it can be a burden on the master for larger deployments (over 5000 minions). Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to the jobs system and is not generally recommended. Normally it is wise to make sure the master has access to a faster IO system or a tmpfs is mounted to the jobs dir.

job_cache: True
NOTE:

Setting the job_cache to False will not cache minion returns, but the JID directory for each job is still created. The creation of the JID directories is necessary because Salt uses those directories to check for JID collisions. By setting this option to False, the job cache directory, which is /var/cache/salt/master/jobs/ by default, will be smaller, but the JID directories will still be present.

Note that the keep_jobs option can be set to a lower value, such as 1, to limit the number of hours jobs are stored in the job cache. (The default is 24 hours.)

Please see the Managing the Job Cache documentation for more information.

minion_data_cache

Default: True

The minion data cache is a cache of information about the minions stored on the master, this information is primarily the pillar, grains and mine data. The data is cached via the cache subsystem in the Master cachedir under the name of the minion or in a supported database. The data is used to predetermine what minions are expected to reply from executions.

minion_data_cache: True

cache

Default: localfs

Cache subsystem module to use for minion data cache.

cache: consul

memcache_expire_seconds

Default: 0

Memcache is an additional cache layer that keeps a limited amount of data fetched from the minion data cache for a limited period of time in memory that makes cache operations faster. It doesn't make much sense for the localfs cache driver but helps for more complex drivers like consul.

This option sets the memcache items expiration time. By default is set to 0 that disables the memcache.

memcache_expire_seconds: 30

memcache_max_items

Default: 1024

Set memcache limit in items that are bank-key pairs. I.e the list of minion_0/data, minion_0/mine, minion_1/data contains 3 items. This value depends on the count of minions usually targeted in your environment. The best one could be found by analyzing the cache log with memcache_debug enabled.

memcache_max_items: 1024

memcache_full_cleanup

Default: False

If cache storage got full, i.e. the items count exceeds the memcache_max_items value, memcache cleans up its storage. If this option set to False memcache removes the only one oldest value from its storage. If this set set to True memcache removes all the expired items and also removes the oldest one if there are no expired items.

memcache_full_cleanup: True

memcache_debug

Default: False

Enable collecting the memcache stats and log it on debug log level. If enabled memcache collect information about how many fetch calls has been done and how many of them has been hit by memcache. Also it outputs the rate value that is the result of division of the first two values. This should help to choose right values for the expiration time and the cache size.

memcache_debug: True

ext_job_cache

Default: ''

Used to specify a default returner for all minions. When this option is set, the specified returner needs to be properly configured and the minions will always default to sending returns to this returner. This will also disable the local job cache on the master.

ext_job_cache: redis

event_return

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: ''

Specify the returner(s) to use to log events. Each returner may have installation and configuration requirements. Read the returner's documentation.

NOTE:

Not all returners support event returns. Verify that a returner has an event_return() function before configuring this option with a returner.

event_return:
  - syslog
  - splunk

event_return_queue

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: 0

On busy systems, enabling event_returns can cause a considerable load on the storage system for returners. Events can be queued on the master and stored in a batched fashion using a single transaction for multiple events. By default, events are not queued.

event_return_queue: 0

event_return_whitelist

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: []

Only return events matching tags in a whitelist.

Changed in version 2016.11.0: Supports glob matching patterns.

event_return_whitelist:
  - salt/master/a_tag
  - salt/run/*/ret

event_return_blacklist

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: []

Store all event returns _except_ the tags in a blacklist.

Changed in version 2016.11.0: Supports glob matching patterns.

event_return_blacklist:
  - salt/master/not_this_tag
  - salt/wheel/*/ret

max_event_size

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 1048576

Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the master event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.

max_event_size: 1048576

master_job_cache

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: local_cache

Specify the returner to use for the job cache. The job cache will only be interacted with from the salt master and therefore does not need to be accessible from the minions.

master_job_cache: redis

job_cache_store_endtime

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: False

Specify whether the Salt Master should store end times for jobs as returns come in.

job_cache_store_endtime: False

enforce_mine_cache

Default: False

By-default when disabling the minion_data_cache mine will stop working since it is based on cached data, by enabling this option we explicitly enabling only the cache for the mine system.

enforce_mine_cache: False

max_minions

Default: 0

The maximum number of minion connections allowed by the master. Use this to accommodate the number of minions per master if you have different types of hardware serving your minions. The default of 0 means unlimited connections. Please note that this can slow down the authentication process a bit in large setups.

max_minions: 100

con_cache

Default: False

If max_minions is used in large installations, the master might experience high-load situations because of having to check the number of connected minions for every authentication. This cache provides the minion-ids of all connected minions to all MWorker-processes and greatly improves the performance of max_minions.

con_cache: True

presence_events

Default: False

Causes the master to periodically look for actively connected minions. Presence events are fired on the event bus on a regular interval with a list of connected minions, as well as events with lists of newly connected or disconnected minions. This is a master-only operation that does not send executions to minions.

presence_events: False

ping_on_rotate

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: False

By default, the master AES key rotates every 24 hours. The next command following a key rotation will trigger a key refresh from the minion which may result in minions which do not respond to the first command after a key refresh.

To tell the master to ping all minions immediately after an AES key refresh, set ping_on_rotate to True. This should mitigate the issue where a minion does not appear to initially respond after a key is rotated.

Note that enabling this may cause high load on the master immediately after the key rotation event as minions reconnect. Consider this carefully if this salt master is managing a large number of minions.

If disabled, it is recommended to handle this event by listening for the aes_key_rotate event with the key tag and acting appropriately.

ping_on_rotate: False

transport

Default: zeromq

Changes the underlying transport layer. ZeroMQ is the recommended transport while additional transport layers are under development. Supported values are zeromq and tcp (experimental). This setting has a significant impact on performance and should not be changed unless you know what you are doing!

transport: zeromq

transport_opts

Default: {}

(experimental) Starts multiple transports and overrides options for each transport with the provided dictionary This setting has a significant impact on performance and should not be changed unless you know what you are doing!  The following example shows how to start a TCP transport alongside a ZMQ transport.

transport_opts:
  tcp:
    publish_port: 4605
    ret_port: 4606
  zeromq: []

master_stats

Default: False

Turning on the master stats enables runtime throughput and statistics events to be fired from the master event bus. These events will report on what functions have been run on the master and how long these runs have, on average, taken over a given period of time.

master_stats_event_iter

Default: 60

The time in seconds to fire master_stats events. This will only fire in conjunction with receiving a request to the master, idle masters will not fire these events.

sock_pool_size

Default: 1

To avoid blocking waiting while writing a data to a socket, we support socket pool for Salt applications. For example, a job with a large number of target host list can cause long period blocking waiting. The option is used by ZMQ and TCP transports, and the other transport methods don't need the socket pool by definition. Most of Salt tools, including CLI, are enough to use a single bucket of socket pool. On the other hands, it is highly recommended to set the size of socket pool larger than 1 for other Salt applications, especially Salt API, which must write data to socket concurrently.

sock_pool_size: 15

ipc_mode

Default: ipc

The ipc strategy. (i.e., sockets versus tcp, etc.) Windows platforms lack POSIX IPC and must rely on TCP based inter-process communications. ipc_mode is set to tcp by default on Windows.

ipc_mode: ipc

tcp_master_pub_port

Default: 4512

The TCP port on which events for the master should be published if ipc_mode is TCP.

tcp_master_pub_port: 4512

tcp_master_pull_port

Default: 4513

The TCP port on which events for the master should be pulled if ipc_mode is TCP.

tcp_master_pull_port: 4513

tcp_master_publish_pull

Default: 4514

The TCP port on which events for the master should be pulled fom and then republished onto the event bus on the master.

tcp_master_publish_pull: 4514

tcp_master_workers

Default: 4515

The TCP port for mworkers to connect to on the master.

tcp_master_workers: 4515

auth_events

New in version 2017.7.3.

Default: True

Determines whether the master will fire authentication events. Authentication events are fired when a minion performs an authentication check with the master.

auth_events: True

minion_data_cache_events

New in version 2017.7.3.

Default: True

Determines whether the master will fire minion data cache events.  Minion data cache events are fired when a minion requests a minion data cache refresh.

minion_data_cache_events: True

http_connect_timeout

New in version 2019.2.0.

Default: 20

HTTP connection timeout in seconds. Applied when fetching files using tornado back-end. Should be greater than overall download time.

http_connect_timeout: 20

http_request_timeout

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: 3600

HTTP request timeout in seconds. Applied when fetching files using tornado back-end. Should be greater than overall download time.

http_request_timeout: 3600

use_yamlloader_old

New in version 2019.2.1.

Default: False

Use the pre-2019.2 YAML renderer. Uses legacy YAML rendering to support some legacy inline data structures. See the 2019.2.1 release notes for more details.

use_yamlloader_old: False

Salt-SSH Configuration

roster

Default: flat

Define the default salt-ssh roster module to use

roster: cache

roster_defaults

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default settings which will be inherited by all rosters.

roster_defaults:
  user: daniel
  sudo: True
  priv: /root/.ssh/id_rsa
  tty: True

roster_file

Default: /etc/salt/roster

Pass in an alternative location for the salt-ssh flat roster file.

roster_file: /root/roster

rosters

Default: None

Define locations for flat roster files so they can be chosen when using Salt API. An administrator can place roster files into these locations. Then, when calling Salt API, the roster_file parameter should contain a relative path to these locations. That is, roster_file=/foo/roster will be resolved as /etc/salt/roster.d/foo/roster etc. This feature prevents passing insecure custom rosters through the Salt API.

rosters:
 - /etc/salt/roster.d
 - /opt/salt/some/more/rosters

ssh_passwd

Default: ''

The ssh password to log in with.

ssh_passwd: ''

ssh_priv_passwd

Default: ''

Passphrase for ssh private key file.

ssh_priv_passwd: ''

ssh_port

Default: 22

The target system's ssh port number.

ssh_port: 22

ssh_scan_ports

Default: 22

Comma-separated list of ports to scan.

ssh_scan_ports: 22

ssh_scan_timeout

Default: 0.01

Scanning socket timeout for salt-ssh.

ssh_scan_timeout: 0.01

ssh_sudo

Default: False

Boolean to run command via sudo.

ssh_sudo: False

ssh_timeout

Default: 60

Number of seconds to wait for a response when establishing an SSH connection.

ssh_timeout: 60

ssh_user

Default: root

The user to log in as.

ssh_user: root

ssh_log_file

New in version 2016.3.5.

Default: /var/log/salt/ssh

Specify the log file of the salt-ssh command.

ssh_log_file: /var/log/salt/ssh

ssh_minion_opts

Default: None

Pass in minion option overrides that will be inserted into the SHIM for salt-ssh calls. The local minion config is not used for salt-ssh. Can be overridden on a per-minion basis in the roster (minion_opts)

ssh_minion_opts:
  gpg_keydir: /root/gpg

ssh_use_home_key

Default: False

Set this to True to default to using ~/.ssh/id_rsa for salt-ssh authentication with minions

ssh_use_home_key: False

ssh_identities_only

Default: False

Set this to True to default salt-ssh to run with -o IdentitiesOnly=yes. This option is intended for situations where the ssh-agent offers many different identities and allows ssh to ignore those identities and use the only one specified in options.

ssh_identities_only: False

ssh_list_nodegroups

Default: {}

List-only nodegroups for salt-ssh. Each group must be formed as either a comma-separated list, or a YAML list. This option is useful to group minions into easy-to-target groups when using salt-ssh. These groups can then be targeted with the normal -N argument to salt-ssh.

ssh_list_nodegroups:
  groupA: minion1,minion2
  groupB: minion1,minion3

Default: False

Run the ssh_pre_flight script defined in the salt-ssh roster. By default the script will only run when the thin dir does not exist on the targeted minion. This will force the script to run and not check if the thin dir exists first.

thin_extra_mods

Default: None

List of additional modules, needed to be included into the Salt Thin. Pass a list of importable Python modules that are typically located in the site-packages Python directory so they will be also always included into the Salt Thin, once generated.

min_extra_mods

Default: None

Identical as thin_extra_mods, only applied to the Salt Minimal.

Master Security Settings

open_mode

Default: False

Open mode is a dangerous security feature. One problem encountered with pki authentication systems is that keys can become "mixed up" and authentication begins to fail. Open mode turns off authentication and tells the master to accept all authentication. This will clean up the pki keys received from the minions. Open mode should not be turned on for general use. Open mode should only be used for a short period of time to clean up pki keys. To turn on open mode set this value to True.

open_mode: False

auto_accept

Default: False

Enable auto_accept. This setting will automatically accept all incoming public keys from minions.

auto_accept: False

keysize

Default: 2048

The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.

keysize: 2048

autosign_timeout

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 120

Time in minutes that a incoming public key with a matching name found in pki_dir/minion_autosign/keyid is automatically accepted. Expired autosign keys are removed when the master checks the minion_autosign directory. This method to auto accept minions can be safer than an autosign_file because the keyid record can expire and is limited to being an exact name match. This should still be considered a less than secure option, due to the fact that trust is based on just the requesting minion id.

autosign_file

Default: not defined

If the autosign_file is specified incoming keys specified in the autosign_file will be automatically accepted. Matches will be searched for first by string comparison, then by globbing, then by full-string regex matching. This should still be considered a less than secure option, due to the fact that trust is based on just the requesting minion id.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: For security reasons the file must be readonly except for its owner. If permissive_pki_access is True the owning group can also have write access, but if Salt is running as root it must be a member of that group. A less strict requirement also existed in previous version.

autoreject_file

New in version 2014.1.0.

Default: not defined

Works like autosign_file, but instead allows you to specify minion IDs for which keys will automatically be rejected. Will override both membership in the autosign_file and the auto_accept setting.

autosign_grains_dir

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: not defined

If the autosign_grains_dir is specified, incoming keys from minions with grain values that match those defined in files in the autosign_grains_dir will be accepted automatically. Grain values that should be accepted automatically can be defined by creating a file named like the corresponding grain in the autosign_grains_dir and writing the values into that file, one value per line. Lines starting with a # will be ignored. Minion must be configured to send the corresponding grains on authentication. This should still be considered a less than secure option, due to the fact that trust is based on just the requesting minion.

Please see the Autoaccept Minions from Grains documentation for more information.

autosign_grains_dir: /etc/salt/autosign_grains

permissive_pki_access

Default: False

Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure. If an autosign_file is specified, enabling permissive_pki_access will allow group access to that specific file.

permissive_pki_access: False

publisher_acl

Default: {}

Enable user accounts on the master to execute specific modules. These modules can be expressed as regular expressions.

publisher_acl:
  fred:
    - test.ping
    - pkg.*

publisher_acl_blacklist

Default: {}

Blacklist users or modules

This example would blacklist all non sudo users, including root from running any commands. It would also blacklist any use of the "cmd" module.

This is completely disabled by default.

publisher_acl_blacklist:
  users:
    - root
    - '^(?!sudo_).*$'   #  all non sudo users
  modules:
    - cmd.*
    - test.echo

sudo_acl

Default: False

Enforce publisher_acl and publisher_acl_blacklist when users have sudo access to the salt command.

sudo_acl: False

external_auth

Default: {}

The external auth system uses the Salt auth modules to authenticate and validate users to access areas of the Salt system.

external_auth:
  pam:
    fred:
      - test.*

token_expire

Default: 43200

Time (in seconds) for a newly generated token to live.

Default: 12 hours

token_expire: 43200

token_expire_user_override

Default: False

Allow eauth users to specify the expiry time of the tokens they generate.

A boolean applies to all users or a dictionary of whitelisted eauth backends and usernames may be given:

token_expire_user_override:
  pam:
    - fred
    - tom
  ldap:
    - gary

keep_acl_in_token

Default: False

Set to True to enable keeping the calculated user's auth list in the token file. This is disabled by default and the auth list is calculated or requested from the eauth driver each time.

keep_acl_in_token: False

eauth_acl_module

Default: ''

Auth subsystem module to use to get authorized access list for a user. By default it's the same module used for external authentication.

eauth_acl_module: django

file_recv

Default: False

Allow minions to push files to the master. This is disabled by default, for security purposes.

file_recv: False

file_recv_max_size

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 100

Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master. It will be interpreted as megabytes.

file_recv_max_size: 100

master_sign_pubkey

Default: False

Sign the master auth-replies with a cryptographic signature of the master's public key. Please see the tutorial how to use these settings in the Multimaster-PKI with Failover Tutorial

master_sign_pubkey: True

master_sign_key_name

Default: master_sign

The customizable name of the signing-key-pair without suffix.

master_sign_key_name: <filename_without_suffix>

master_pubkey_signature

Default: master_pubkey_signature

The name of the file in the master's pki-directory that holds the pre-calculated signature of the master's public-key.

master_pubkey_signature: <filename>

master_use_pubkey_signature

Default: False

Instead of computing the signature for each auth-reply, use a pre-calculated signature. The master_pubkey_signature must also be set for this.

master_use_pubkey_signature: True

rotate_aes_key

Default: True

Rotate the salt-masters AES-key when a minion-public is deleted with salt-key. This is a very important security-setting. Disabling it will enable deleted minions to still listen in on the messages published by the salt-master. Do not disable this unless it is absolutely clear what this does.

rotate_aes_key: True

publish_session

Default: 86400

The number of seconds between AES key rotations on the master.

publish_session: Default: 86400

ssl

New in version 2016.11.0.

Default: None

TLS/SSL connection options. This could be set to a dictionary containing arguments corresponding to python ssl.wrap_socket method. For details see Tornado and Python documentation.

Note: to set enum arguments values like cert_reqs and ssl_version use constant names without ssl module prefix: CERT_REQUIRED or PROTOCOL_SSLv23.

ssl:
    keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
    certfile: <path_to_certfile>
    ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2

preserve_minion_cache

Default: False

By default, the master deletes its cache of minion data when the key for that minion is removed. To preserve the cache after key deletion, set preserve_minion_cache to True.

WARNING: This may have security implications if compromised minions auth with a previous deleted minion ID.

preserve_minion_cache: False

allow_minion_key_revoke

Default: True

Controls whether a minion can request its own key revocation.  When True the master will honor the minion's request and revoke its key.  When False, the master will drop the request and the minion's key will remain accepted.

allow_minion_key_revoke: False

optimization_order

Default: [0, 1, 2]

In cases where Salt is distributed without .py files, this option determines the priority of optimization level(s) Salt's module loader should prefer.

NOTE:

This option is only supported on Python 3.5+.

optimization_order:
  - 2
  - 0
  - 1

Master Large Scale Tuning Settings

max_open_files

Default: 100000

Each minion connecting to the master uses AT LEAST one file descriptor, the master subscription connection. If enough minions connect you might start seeing on the console(and then salt-master crashes):

Too many open files (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
Aborted (core dumped)
max_open_files: 100000

By default this value will be the one of ulimit -Hn, i.e., the hard limit for max open files.

To set a different value than the default one, uncomment, and configure this setting. Remember that this value CANNOT be higher than the hard limit. Raising the hard limit depends on the OS and/or distribution, a good way to find the limit is to search the internet for something like this:

raise max open files hard limit debian

worker_threads

Default: 5

The number of threads to start for receiving commands and replies from minions. If minions are stalling on replies because you have many minions, raise the worker_threads value.

Worker threads should not be put below 3 when using the peer system, but can drop down to 1 worker otherwise.

NOTE:

When the master daemon starts, it is expected behaviour to see multiple salt-master processes, even if 'worker_threads' is set to '1'. At a minimum, a controlling process will start along with a Publisher, an EventPublisher, and a number of MWorker processes will be started. The number of MWorker processes is tuneable by the 'worker_threads' configuration value while the others are not.

worker_threads: 5

pub_hwm

Default: 1000

The zeromq high water mark on the publisher interface.

pub_hwm: 1000

zmq_backlog

Default: 1000

The listen queue size of the ZeroMQ backlog.

zmq_backlog: 1000

Master Module Management

runner_dirs

Default: []

Set additional directories to search for runner modules.

runner_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/runners

utils_dirs

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: []

Set additional directories to search for util modules.

utils_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/utils

cython_enable

Default: False

Set to true to enable Cython modules (.pyx files) to be compiled on the fly on the Salt master.

cython_enable: False

Master State System Settings

state_top

Default: top.sls

The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to use and what modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the root of the base environment. The value of "state_top" is also used for the pillar top file

state_top: top.sls

state_top_saltenv

This option has no default value. Set it to an environment name to ensure that only the top file from that environment is considered during a highstate.

NOTE:

Using this value does not change the merging strategy. For instance, if top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and state_top_saltenv is set to foo, then any sections for environments other than foo in the top file for the foo environment will be ignored. With state_top_saltenv set to base, all states from all environments in the base top file will be applied, while all other top files are ignored. The only way to set state_top_saltenv to something other than base and not have the other environments in the targeted top file ignored, would be to set top_file_merging_strategy to merge_all.

state_top_saltenv: dev

top_file_merging_strategy

Changed in version 2016.11.0: A merge_all strategy has been added.

Default: merge

When no specific fileserver environment (a.k.a. saltenv) has been specified for a highstate, all environments' top files are inspected. This config option determines how the SLS targets in those top files are handled.

When set to merge, the base environment's top file is evaluated first, followed by the other environments' top files. The first target expression (e.g. '*') for a given environment is kept, and when the same target expression is used in a different top file evaluated later, it is ignored. Because base is evaluated first, it is authoritative. For example, if there is a target for '*' for the foo environment in both the base and foo environment's top files, the one in the foo environment would be ignored. The environments will be evaluated in no specific order (aside from base coming first). For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order. Note that, aside from the base environment's top file, any sections in top files that do not match that top file's environment will be ignored. So, for example, a section for the qa environment would be ignored if it appears in the dev environment's top file. To keep use cases like this from being ignored, use the merge_all strategy.

When set to same, then for each environment, only that environment's top file is processed, with the others being ignored. For example, only the dev environment's top file will be processed for the dev environment, and any SLS targets defined for dev in the base environment's (or any other environment's) top file will be ignored. If an environment does not have a top file, then the top file from the default_top config parameter will be used as a fallback.

When set to merge_all, then all states in all environments in all top files will be applied. The order in which individual SLS files will be executed will depend on the order in which the top files were evaluated, and the environments will be evaluated in no specific order. For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order.

top_file_merging_strategy: same

env_order

Default: []

When top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and no environment is specified for a highstate, this config option allows for the order in which top files are evaluated to be explicitly defined.

env_order:
  - base
  - dev
  - qa

master_tops

Default: {}

The master_tops option replaces the external_nodes option by creating a pluggable system for the generation of external top data. The external_nodes option is deprecated by the master_tops option. To gain the capabilities of the classic external_nodes system, use the following configuration:

master_tops:
  ext_nodes: <Shell command which returns yaml>

renderer

Default: jinja|yaml

The renderer to use on the minions to render the state data.

renderer: jinja|json

userdata_template

New in version 2016.11.4.

Default: None

The renderer to use for templating userdata files in salt-cloud, if the userdata_template is not set in the cloud profile. If no value is set in the cloud profile or master config file, no templating will be performed.

userdata_template: jinja

jinja_env

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: {}

jinja_env overrides the default Jinja environment options for all templates except sls templates. To set the options for sls templates use jinja_sls_env.

NOTE:

The Jinja2 Environment documentation is the official source for the default values. Not all the options listed in the jinja documentation can be overridden using jinja_env or jinja_sls_env.

The default options are:

jinja_env:
  block_start_string: '{%'
  block_end_string: '%}'
  variable_start_string: '{{'
  variable_end_string: '}}'
  comment_start_string: '{#'
  comment_end_string: '#}'
  line_statement_prefix:
  line_comment_prefix:
  trim_blocks: False
  lstrip_blocks: False
  newline_sequence: '\n'
  keep_trailing_newline: False

jinja_sls_env

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: {}

jinja_sls_env sets the Jinja environment options for sls templates. The defaults and accepted options are exactly the same as they are for jinja_env.

The default options are:

jinja_sls_env:
  block_start_string: '{%'
  block_end_string: '%}'
  variable_start_string: '{{'
  variable_end_string: '}}'
  comment_start_string: '{#'
  comment_end_string: '#}'
  line_statement_prefix:
  line_comment_prefix:
  trim_blocks: False
  lstrip_blocks: False
  newline_sequence: '\n'
  keep_trailing_newline: False

Example using line statements and line comments to increase ease of use:

If your configuration options are

jinja_sls_env:
  line_statement_prefix: '%'
  line_comment_prefix: '##'

With these options jinja will interpret anything after a % at the start of a line (ignoreing whitespace) as a jinja statement and will interpret anything after a ## as a comment.

This allows the following more convenient syntax to be used:

## (this comment will not stay once rendered)
# (this comment remains in the rendered template)
## ensure all the formula services are running
% for service in formula_services:
enable_service_{{ service }}:
  service.running:
    name: {{ service }}
% endfor

The following less convenient but equivalent syntax would have to be used if you had not set the line_statement and line_comment options:

{# (this comment will not stay once rendered) #}
# (this comment remains in the rendered template)
{# ensure all the formula services are running #}
{% for service in formula_services %}
enable_service_{{ service }}:
  service.running:
    name: {{ service }}
{% endfor %}

jinja_trim_blocks

Deprecated since version 2018.3.0: Replaced by jinja_env and jinja_sls_env

New in version 2014.1.0.

Default: False

If this is set to True, the first newline after a Jinja block is removed (block, not variable tag!). Defaults to False and corresponds to the Jinja environment init variable trim_blocks.

jinja_trim_blocks: False

jinja_lstrip_blocks

Deprecated since version 2018.3.0: Replaced by jinja_env and jinja_sls_env

New in version 2014.1.0.

Default: False

If this is set to True, leading spaces and tabs are stripped from the start of a line to a block. Defaults to False and corresponds to the Jinja environment init variable lstrip_blocks.

jinja_lstrip_blocks: False

failhard

Default: False

Set the global failhard flag. This informs all states to stop running states at the moment a single state fails.

failhard: False

state_verbose

Default: True

Controls the verbosity of state runs. By default, the results of all states are returned, but setting this value to False will cause salt to only display output for states that failed or states that have changes.

state_verbose: False

state_output

Default: full

The state_output setting controls which results will be output full multi line:

  • full, terse - each state will be full/terse
  • mixed - only states with errors will be full
  • changes - states with changes and errors will be full

full_id, mixed_id, changes_id and terse_id are also allowed; when set, the state ID will be used as name in the output.

state_output: full

state_output_diff

Default: False

The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.

state_output_diff: False

state_aggregate

Default: False

Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically aggregate just those types.

state_aggregate:
  - pkg
state_aggregate: True

state_events

Default: False

Send progress events as each function in a state run completes execution by setting to True. Progress events are in the format salt/job/<JID>/prog/<MID>/<RUN NUM>.

state_events: True

yaml_utf8

Default: False

Enable extra routines for YAML renderer used states containing UTF characters.

yaml_utf8: False

runner_returns

Default: False

If set to True, runner jobs will be saved to job cache (defined by master_job_cache).

runner_returns: True

Master File Server Settings

fileserver_backend

Default: ['roots']

Salt supports a modular fileserver backend system, this system allows the salt master to link directly to third party systems to gather and manage the files available to minions. Multiple backends can be configured and will be searched for the requested file in the order in which they are defined here. The default setting only enables the standard backend roots, which is configured using the file_roots option.

Example:

fileserver_backend:
  - roots
  - gitfs
NOTE:

For masterless Salt, this parameter must be specified in the minion config file.

fileserver_limit_traversal

New in version 2014.1.0.

Deprecated since version 2018.3.4: This option is now ignored. Firstly, it only traversed file_roots, which means it did not work for the other fileserver backends. Secondly, since this option was added we have added caching to the code that traverses the file_roots (and gitfs, etc.), which greatly reduces the amount of traversal that is done.

Default: False

By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules, set fileserver_limit_traversal to True. This might be useful for installations where a file root has a very large number of files and performance is impacted.

fileserver_limit_traversal: False

fileserver_list_cache_time

New in version 2014.1.0.

Changed in version 2016.11.0: The default was changed from 30 seconds to 20.

Default: 20

Salt caches the list of files/symlinks/directories for each fileserver backend and environment as they are requested, to guard against a performance bottleneck at scale when many minions all ask the fileserver which files are available simultaneously. This configuration parameter allows for the max age of that cache to be altered.

Set this value to 0 to disable use of this cache altogether, but keep in mind that this may increase the CPU load on the master when running a highstate on a large number of minions.

NOTE:

Rather than altering this configuration parameter, it may be advisable to use the fileserver.clear_file_list_cache runner to clear these caches.

fileserver_list_cache_time: 5

fileserver_verify_config

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: True

By default, as the master starts it performs some sanity checks on the configured fileserver backends. If any of these sanity checks fail (such as when an invalid configuration is used), the master daemon will abort.

To skip these sanity checks, set this option to False.

fileserver_verify_config: False

hash_type

Default: sha256

The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on the master server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384, and sha512 are also supported.

hash_type: sha256

file_buffer_size

Default: 1048576

The buffer size in the file server in bytes.

file_buffer_size: 1048576

file_ignore_regex

Default: ''

A regular expression (or a list of expressions) that will be matched against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This includes files affected by the file.recurse state. For example, if you manage your custom modules and states in subversion and don't want all the '.svn' folders and content synced to your minions, you could set this to '/.svn($|/)'. By default nothing is ignored.

file_ignore_regex:
  - '/\.svn($|/)'
  - '/\.git($|/)'

file_ignore_glob

Default ''

A file glob (or list of file globs) that will be matched against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This is similar to file_ignore_regex above, but works on globs instead of regex. By default nothing is ignored.

file_ignore_glob:
  - '\*.pyc'
  - '\*/somefolder/\*.bak'
  - '\*.swp'
NOTE:

Vim's .swp files are a common cause of Unicode errors in file.recurse states which use templating. Unless there is a good reason to distribute them via the fileserver, it is good practice to include '\*.swp' in the file_ignore_glob.

master_roots

Default: ''

A master-only copy of the file_roots dictionary, used by the state compiler.

Example:

master_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt-master

roots: Master's Local File Server

file_roots

Default:

base:
  - /srv/salt

Salt runs a lightweight file server written in ZeroMQ to deliver files to minions. This file server is built into the master daemon and does not require a dedicated port.

The file server works on environments passed to the master. Each environment can have multiple root directories. The subdirectories in the multiple file roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.

As of 2018.3.5 and 2019.2.1, it is possible to have __env__ as a catch-all environment.

Example:

file_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt
  dev:
    - /srv/salt/dev/services
    - /srv/salt/dev/states
  prod:
    - /srv/salt/prod/services
    - /srv/salt/prod/states
  __env__:
    - /srv/salt/default
NOTE:

For masterless Salt, this parameter must be specified in the minion config file.

roots_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the update interval (in seconds) for file_roots.

NOTE:

Since file_roots consists of files local to the minion, the update process for this fileserver backend just reaps the cache for this backend.

roots_update_interval: 120

gitfs: Git Remote File Server Backend

gitfs_remotes

Default: []

When using the git fileserver backend at least one git remote needs to be defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.

The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first repo to have the file will return it. Branches and tags are translated into salt environments.

gitfs_remotes:
  - git://github.com/saltstack/salt-states.git
  - file:///var/git/saltmaster
NOTE:

file:// repos will be treated as a remote and copied into the master's gitfs cache, so only the local refs for those repos will be exposed as fileserver environments.

As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of several of the gitfs configuration parameters. For more information, see the GitFS Walkthrough.

gitfs_provider

New in version 2014.7.0.

Optional parameter used to specify the provider to be used for gitfs. More information can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough.

Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then each will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that is used.

gitfs_provider: gitpython

gitfs_ssl_verify

Default: True

Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when fetching from the repositories configured in gitfs_remotes. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a self-signed certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is a considered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better option.

gitfs_ssl_verify: False
NOTE:

pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.

Changed in version 2015.8.0: This option can now be configured on individual repositories as well. See here for more info.

Changed in version 2016.11.0: The default config value changed from False to True.

gitfs_mountpoint

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by gitfs. This option can be used in conjunction with gitfs_root. It can also be configured for an individual repository, see here for more info.

gitfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:

The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of a gitfs remote, and the above example mountpoint, this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.

gitfs_root

Default: ''

Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with gitfs_mountpoint. If used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored and the relative path will (for the purposes of gitfs) be considered as the root of the repo.

gitfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder

Changed in version 2014.7.0: This option can now be configured on individual repositories as well. See here for more info.

gitfs_base

Default: master

Defines which branch/tag should be used as the base environment.

gitfs_base: salt

Changed in version 2014.7.0: This option can now be configured on individual repositories as well. See here for more info.

gitfs_saltenv

New in version 2016.11.0.

Default: []

Global settings for per-saltenv configuration parameters. Though per-saltenv configuration parameters are typically one-off changes specific to a single gitfs remote, and thus more often configured on a per-remote basis, this parameter can be used to specify per-saltenv changes which should apply to all remotes. For example, the below configuration will map the develop branch to the dev saltenv for all gitfs remotes.

gitfs_saltenv:
  - dev:
    - ref: develop

gitfs_disable_saltenv_mapping

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: False

When set to True, all saltenv mapping logic is disregarded (aside from which branch/tag is mapped to the base saltenv). To use any other environments, they must then be defined using per-saltenv configuration parameters.

gitfs_disable_saltenv_mapping: True
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_ref_types

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: ['branch', 'tag', 'sha']

This option defines what types of refs are mapped to fileserver environments (i.e. saltenvs). It also sets the order of preference when there are ambiguously-named refs (i.e. when a branch and tag both have the same name). The below example disables mapping of both tags and SHAs, so that only branches are mapped as saltenvs:

gitfs_ref_types:
  - branch
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

NOTE:

sha is special in that it will not show up when listing saltenvs (e.g. with the fileserver.envs runner), but works within states and with cp.cache_file to retrieve a file from a specific git SHA.

gitfs_saltenv_whitelist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from gitfs_env_whitelist to gitfs_saltenv_whitelist

Default: []

Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if the repos in gitfs_remotes contain many branches/tags.  More information can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough.

gitfs_saltenv_whitelist:
  - base
  - v1.*
  - 'mybranch\d+'

gitfs_saltenv_blacklist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from gitfs_env_blacklist to gitfs_saltenv_blacklist

Default: []

Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if the repos in gitfs_remotes contain many branches/tags. More information can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough.

gitfs_saltenv_blacklist:
  - base
  - v1.*
  - 'mybranch\d+'

gitfs_global_lock

New in version 2015.8.9.

Default: True

When set to False, if there is an update lock for a gitfs remote and the pid written to it is not running on the master, the lock file will be automatically cleared and a new lock will be obtained. When set to True, Salt will simply log a warning when there is an update lock present.

On single-master deployments, disabling this option can help automatically deal with instances where the master was shutdown/restarted during the middle of a gitfs update, leaving a update lock in place.

However, on multi-master deployments with the gitfs cachedir shared via GlusterFS, nfs, or another network filesystem, it is strongly recommended not to disable this option as doing so will cause lock files to be removed if they were created by a different master.

# Disable global lock
gitfs_global_lock: False

gitfs_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the default update interval (in seconds) for gitfs remotes. The update interval can also be set for a single repository via a per-remote config option

gitfs_update_interval: 120

GitFS Authentication Options

These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 gitfs provider. Examples of how to use these can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough.

gitfs_user

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Along with gitfs_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.

gitfs_user: git
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_password

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Along with gitfs_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.

gitfs_password: mypassword
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_insecure_auth

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: False

By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.

gitfs_insecure_auth: True
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_pubkey

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Along with gitfs_privkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes. Required for SSH remotes.

gitfs_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_privkey

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Along with gitfs_pubkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes. Required for SSH remotes.

gitfs_privkey: /path/to/key
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_passphrase

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is protected by a passphrase.

gitfs_passphrase: mypassphrase
NOTE:

This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories.

gitfs_refspecs

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']

When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be fetched. More information on how this feature works can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough.

gitfs_refspecs:
  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'

hgfs: Mercurial Remote File Server Backend

hgfs_remotes

New in version 0.17.0.

Default: []

When using the hg fileserver backend at least one mercurial remote needs to be defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.

The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first repo to have the file will return it. Branches and/or bookmarks are translated into salt environments, as defined by the hgfs_branch_method parameter.

hgfs_remotes:
  - https://username@bitbucket.org/username/reponame
NOTE:

As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of the hgfs_root, hgfs_mountpoint, hgfs_base, and hgfs_branch_method parameters. For example:

hgfs_remotes:
  - https://username@bitbucket.org/username/repo1
    - base: saltstates
  - https://username@bitbucket.org/username/repo2:
    - root: salt
    - mountpoint: salt://foo/bar/baz
  - https://username@bitbucket.org/username/repo3:
    - root: salt/states
    - branch_method: mixed

hgfs_branch_method

New in version 0.17.0.

Default: branches

Defines the objects that will be used as fileserver environments.

  • branches - Only branches and tags will be used
  • bookmarks - Only bookmarks and tags will be used
  • mixed - Branches, bookmarks, and tags will be used

    hgfs_branch_method: mixed
NOTE:

Starting in version 2014.1.0, the value of the hgfs_base parameter defines which branch is used as the base environment, allowing for a base environment to be used with an hgfs_branch_method of bookmarks.

Prior to this release, the default branch will be used as the base environment.

hgfs_mountpoint

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by hgfs. This option can be used in conjunction with hgfs_root. It can also be configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.

hgfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:

The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of an hgfs remote, this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.

hgfs_root

New in version 0.17.0.

Default: ''

Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with hgfs_mountpoint. If used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored and the relative path will (for the purposes of hgfs) be considered as the root of the repo.

hgfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder

Changed in version 2014.7.0: Ability to specify hgfs roots on a per-remote basis was added. See here for more info.

hgfs_base

New in version 2014.1.0.

Default: default

Defines which branch should be used as the base environment. Change this if hgfs_branch_method is set to bookmarks to specify which bookmark should be used as the base environment.

hgfs_base: salt

hgfs_saltenv_whitelist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from hgfs_env_whitelist to hgfs_saltenv_whitelist

Default: []

Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your hgfs remotes contain many branches/bookmarks/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.

If used, only branches/bookmarks/tags which match one of the specified expressions will be exposed as fileserver environments.

If used in conjunction with hgfs_saltenv_blacklist, then the subset of branches/bookmarks/tags which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environments.

hgfs_saltenv_whitelist:
  - base
  - v1.*
  - 'mybranch\d+'

hgfs_saltenv_blacklist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from hgfs_env_blacklist to hgfs_saltenv_blacklist

Default: []

Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your hgfs remotes contain many branches/bookmarks/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.

If used, branches/bookmarks/tags which match one of the specified expressions will not be exposed as fileserver environments.

If used in conjunction with hgfs_saltenv_whitelist, then the subset of branches/bookmarks/tags which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environments.

hgfs_saltenv_blacklist:
  - base
  - v1.*
  - 'mybranch\d+'

hgfs_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the update interval (in seconds) for hgfs_remotes.

hgfs_update_interval: 120

svnfs: Subversion Remote File Server Backend

svnfs_remotes

New in version 0.17.0.

Default: []

When using the svn fileserver backend at least one subversion remote needs to be defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.

The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first repo to have the file will return it. The trunk, branches, and tags become environments, with the trunk being the base environment.

svnfs_remotes:
  - svn://foo.com/svn/myproject
NOTE:

As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of the following configuration parameters:

  • svnfs_root
  • svnfs_mountpoint
  • svnfs_trunk
  • svnfs_branches
  • svnfs_tags

For example:

svnfs_remotes:
  - svn://foo.com/svn/project1
  - svn://foo.com/svn/project2:
    - root: salt
    - mountpoint: salt://foo/bar/baz
  - svn//foo.com/svn/project3:
    - root: salt/states
    - branches: branch
    - tags: tag

svnfs_mountpoint

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by hgfs. This option can be used in conjunction with svnfs_root. It can also be configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.

svnfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:

The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of an svnfs remote, this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.

svnfs_root

New in version 0.17.0.

Default: ''

Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with svnfs_mountpoint. If used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored and the relative path will (for the purposes of svnfs) be considered as the root of the repo.

svnfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder

Changed in version 2014.7.0: Ability to specify svnfs roots on a per-remote basis was added. See here for more info.

svnfs_trunk

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: trunk

Path relative to the root of the repository where the trunk is located. Can also be configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.

svnfs_trunk: trunk

svnfs_branches

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: branches

Path relative to the root of the repository where the branches are located. Can also be configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.

svnfs_branches: branches

svnfs_tags

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: tags

Path relative to the root of the repository where the tags are located. Can also be configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.

svnfs_tags: tags

svnfs_saltenv_whitelist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from svnfs_env_whitelist to svnfs_saltenv_whitelist

Default: []

Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your svnfs remotes contain many branches/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.

If used, only branches/tags which match one of the specified expressions will be exposed as fileserver environments.

If used in conjunction with svnfs_saltenv_blacklist, then the subset of branches/tags which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environments.

svnfs_saltenv_whitelist:
  - base
  - v1.*
  - 'mybranch\d+'

svnfs_saltenv_blacklist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from svnfs_env_blacklist to svnfs_saltenv_blacklist

Default: []

Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your svnfs remotes contain many branches/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.

If used, branches/tags which match one of the specified expressions will not be exposed as fileserver environments.

If used in conjunction with svnfs_saltenv_whitelist, then the subset of branches/tags which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environments.

svnfs_saltenv_blacklist:
  - base
  - v1.*
  - 'mybranch\d+'

svnfs_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the update interval (in seconds) for svnfs_remotes.

svnfs_update_interval: 120

minionfs: MinionFS Remote File Server Backend

minionfs_env

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: base

Environment from which MinionFS files are made available.

minionfs_env: minionfs

minionfs_mountpoint

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: ''

Specifies a path on the salt fileserver from which minionfs files are served.

minionfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:

The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and salt://foo/bar are equivalent).

minionfs_whitelist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: []

Used to restrict which minions' pushed files are exposed via minionfs. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.

If used, only the pushed files from minions which match one of the specified expressions will be exposed.

If used in conjunction with minionfs_blacklist, then the subset of hosts which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed.

minionfs_whitelist:
  - server01
  - dev*
  - 'mail\d+.mydomain.tld'

minionfs_blacklist

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: []

Used to restrict which minions' pushed files are exposed via minionfs. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.

If used, only the pushed files from minions which match one of the specified expressions will not be exposed.

If used in conjunction with minionfs_whitelist, then the subset of hosts which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed.

minionfs_blacklist:
  - server01
  - dev*
  - 'mail\d+.mydomain.tld'

minionfs_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the update interval (in seconds) for MinionFS.

NOTE:

Since MinionFS consists of files local to the master, the update process for this fileserver backend just reaps the cache for this backend.

minionfs_update_interval: 120

azurefs: Azure File Server Backend

New in version 2015.8.0.

See the azurefs documentation for usage examples.

azurefs_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the update interval (in seconds) for azurefs.

azurefs_update_interval: 120

s3fs: S3 File Server Backend

New in version 0.16.0.

See the s3fs documentation for usage examples.

s3fs_update_interval

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: 60

This option defines the update interval (in seconds) for s3fs.

s3fs_update_interval: 120

Pillar Configuration

pillar_roots

Default:

base:
  - /srv/pillar

Set the environments and directories used to hold pillar sls data. This configuration is the same as file_roots:

As of 2017.7.5 and 2018.3.1, it is possible to have __env__ as a catch-all environment.

Example:

pillar_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/pillar
  dev:
    - /srv/pillar/dev
  prod:
    - /srv/pillar/prod
  __env__:
    - /srv/pillar/others

on_demand_ext_pillar

New in version 2016.3.6,2016.11.3,2017.7.0.

Default: ['libvirt', 'virtkey']

The external pillars permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext.

on_demand_ext_pillar:
  - libvirt
  - virtkey
  - git
WARNING:

This will allow minions to request specific pillar data via pillar.ext, and may be considered a security risk. However, pillar data generated in this way will not affect the in-memory pillar data, so this risk is limited to instances in which states/modules/etc. (built-in or custom) rely upon pillar data generated by pillar.ext.

decrypt_pillar

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: []

A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.

decrypt_pillar:
  - 'foo:bar': gpg
  - 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'

Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a key/value pair, with the key being the pillar location, and the value being the renderer to use for pillar decryption. If the former is used, the renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will be used.

decrypt_pillar_delimiter

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: :

The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the decrypt_pillar option.

decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|'
decrypt_pillar:
  - 'foo|bar': gpg
  - 'lorem|ipsum|dolor'

decrypt_pillar_default

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: gpg

The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given pillar key in decrypt_pillar.

decrypt_pillar_default: my_custom_renderer

decrypt_pillar_renderers

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: ['gpg']

List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.

decrypt_pillar_renderers:
  - gpg
  - my_custom_renderer

pillar_opts

Default: False

The pillar_opts option adds the master configuration file data to a dict in the pillar called master. This can be used to set simple configurations in the master config file that can then be used on minions.

Note that setting this option to True means the master config file will be included in all minion's pillars. While this makes global configuration of services and systems easy, it may not be desired if sensitive data is stored in the master configuration.

pillar_opts: False

pillar_safe_render_error

Default: True

The pillar_safe_render_error option prevents the master from passing pillar render errors to the minion. This is set on by default because the error could contain templating data which would give that minion information it shouldn't have, like a password! When set True the error message will only show:

Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
pillar_safe_render_error: True

ext_pillar

The ext_pillar option allows for any number of external pillar interfaces to be called when populating pillar data. The configuration is based on ext_pillar functions. The available ext_pillar functions can be found herein:

https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/master/salt/pillar

By default, the ext_pillar interface is not configured to run.

Default: []

ext_pillar:
  - hiera: /etc/hiera.yaml
  - cmd_yaml: cat /etc/salt/yaml
  - reclass:
      inventory_base_uri: /etc/reclass

There are additional details at salt-pillars

ext_pillar_first

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: False

This option allows for external pillar sources to be evaluated before pillar_roots. External pillar data is evaluated separately from pillar_roots pillar data, and then both sets of pillar data are merged into a single pillar dictionary, so the value of this config option will have an impact on which key "wins" when there is one of the same name in both the external pillar data and pillar_roots pillar data. By setting this option to True, ext_pillar keys will be overridden by pillar_roots, while leaving it as False will allow ext_pillar keys to override those from pillar_roots.

NOTE:

For a while, this config option did not work as specified above, because of a bug in Pillar compilation. This bug has been resolved in version 2016.3.4 and later.

ext_pillar_first: False

pillarenv_from_saltenv

Default: False

When set to True, the pillarenv value will assume the value of the effective saltenv when running states. This essentially makes salt-run pillar.show_pillar saltenv=dev equivalent to salt-run pillar.show_pillar saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev. If pillarenv is set on the CLI, it will override this option.

pillarenv_from_saltenv: True
NOTE:

For salt remote execution commands this option should be set in the Minion configuration instead.

pillar_raise_on_missing

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: False

Set this option to True to force a KeyError to be raised whenever an attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set to False, the failed attempt returns an empty string.

Git External Pillar (git_pillar) Configuration Options

git_pillar_provider

New in version 2015.8.0.

Specify the provider to be used for git_pillar. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that is used.

git_pillar_provider: gitpython

git_pillar_base

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: master

If the desired branch matches this value, and the environment is omitted from the git_pillar configuration, then the environment for that git_pillar remote will be base. For example, in the configuration below, the foo branch/tag would be assigned to the base environment, while bar would be mapped to the bar environment.

git_pillar_base: foo

ext_pillar:
  - git:
    - foo https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
    - bar https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git

git_pillar_branch

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: master

If the branch is omitted from a git_pillar remote, then this branch will be used instead. For example, in the configuration below, the first two remotes would use the pillardata branch/tag, while the third would use the foo branch/tag.

git_pillar_branch: pillardata

ext_pillar:
  - git:
    - https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
    - https://mygitserver/pillar2.git:
      - root: pillar
    - foo https://mygitserver/pillar3.git

git_pillar_env

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: '' (unset)

Environment to use for git_pillar remotes. This is normally derived from the branch/tag (or from a per-remote env parameter), but if set this will override the process of deriving the env from the branch/tag name. For example, in the configuration below the foo branch would be assigned to the base environment, while the bar branch would need to explicitly have bar configured as its environment to keep it from also being mapped to the base environment.

git_pillar_env: base

ext_pillar:
  - git:
    - foo https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
    - bar https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git:
      - env: bar

For this reason, this option is recommended to be left unset, unless the use case calls for all (or almost all) of the git_pillar remotes to use the same environment irrespective of the branch/tag being used.

git_pillar_root

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Path relative to the root of the repository where the git_pillar top file and SLS files are located. In the below configuration, the pillar top file and SLS files would be looked for in a subdirectory called pillar.

git_pillar_root: pillar

ext_pillar:
  - git:
    - master https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
    - master https://mygitserver/pillar2.git
NOTE:

This is a global option. If only one or two repos need to have their files sourced from a subdirectory, then git_pillar_root can be omitted and the root can be specified on a per-remote basis, like so:

ext_pillar:
  - git:
    - master https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
    - master https://mygitserver/pillar2.git:
      - root: pillar

In this example, for the first remote the top file and SLS files would be looked for in the root of the repository, while in the second remote the pillar data would be retrieved from the pillar subdirectory.

git_pillar_ssl_verify

New in version 2015.8.0.

Changed in version 2016.11.0.

Default: False

Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting the remote repository. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a self-signed certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is a considered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better option.

In the 2016.11.0 release, the default config value changed from False to True.

git_pillar_ssl_verify: True
NOTE:

pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.

git_pillar_global_lock

New in version 2015.8.9.

Default: True

When set to False, if there is an update/checkout lock for a git_pillar remote and the pid written to it is not running on the master, the lock file will be automatically cleared and a new lock will be obtained. When set to True, Salt will simply log a warning when there is an lock present.

On single-master deployments, disabling this option can help automatically deal with instances where the master was shutdown/restarted during the middle of a git_pillar update/checkout, leaving a lock in place.

However, on multi-master deployments with the git_pillar cachedir shared via GlusterFS, nfs, or another network filesystem, it is strongly recommended not to disable this option as doing so will cause lock files to be removed if they were created by a different master.

# Disable global lock
git_pillar_global_lock: False

git_pillar_includes

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: True

Normally, when processing git_pillar remotes, if more than one repo under the same git section in the ext_pillar configuration refers to the same pillar environment, then each repo in a given environment will have access to the other repos' files to be referenced in their top files. However, it may be desirable to disable this behavior. If so, set this value to False.

For a more detailed examination of how includes work, see this explanation from the git_pillar documentation.

git_pillar_includes: False

git_pillar_update_interval

New in version 3000.

Default: 60

This option defines the default update interval (in seconds) for git_pillar remotes. The update is handled within the global loop, hence git_pillar_update_interval should be a multiple of loop_interval.

git_pillar_update_interval: 120

Git External Pillar Authentication Options

These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 git_pillar_provider. Authentication works the same as it does in gitfs, as outlined in the GitFS Walkthrough, though the global configuration options are named differently to reflect that they are for git_pillar instead of gitfs.

git_pillar_user

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with git_pillar_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.

git_pillar_user: git

git_pillar_password

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with git_pillar_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.

git_pillar_password: mypassword

git_pillar_insecure_auth

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: False

By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.

git_pillar_insecure_auth: True

git_pillar_pubkey

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with git_pillar_privkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.

git_pillar_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub

git_pillar_privkey

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with git_pillar_pubkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.

git_pillar_privkey: /path/to/key

git_pillar_passphrase

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is protected by a passphrase.

git_pillar_passphrase: mypassphrase

git_pillar_refspecs

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']

When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be fetched. This parameter works similarly to its GitFS counterpart, in that it can be configured both globally and for individual remotes.

git_pillar_refspecs:
  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'

git_pillar_verify_config

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: True

By default, as the master starts it performs some sanity checks on the configured git_pillar repositories. If any of these sanity checks fail (such as when an invalid configuration is used), the master daemon will abort.

To skip these sanity checks, set this option to False.

git_pillar_verify_config: False

Pillar Merging Options

pillar_source_merging_strategy

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: smart

The pillar_source_merging_strategy option allows you to configure merging strategy between different sources. It accepts 5 values:

  • none:

    It will not do any merging at all and only parse the pillar data from the passed environment and 'base' if no environment was specified.

    New in version 2016.3.4.

  • recurse:

    It will recursively merge data. For example, theses 2 sources:

    foo: 42
    bar:
        element1: True
    bar:
        element2: True
    baz: quux

    will be merged as:

    foo: 42
    bar:
        element1: True
        element2: True
    baz: quux
  • aggregate:

    instructs aggregation of elements between sources that use the #!yamlex renderer.

    For example, these two documents:

    #!yamlex
    foo: 42
    bar: !aggregate {
      element1: True
    }
    baz: !aggregate quux
    #!yamlex
    bar: !aggregate {
      element2: True
    }
    baz: !aggregate quux2

    will be merged as:

    foo: 42
    bar:
      element1: True
      element2: True
    baz:
      - quux
      - quux2
  • overwrite:

    Will use the behaviour of the 2014.1 branch and earlier.

    Overwrites elements according the order in which they are processed.

    First pillar processed:

    A:
      first_key: blah
      second_key: blah

    Second pillar processed:

    A:
      third_key: blah
      fourth_key: blah

    will be merged as:

    A:
      third_key: blah
      fourth_key: blah
  • smart (default):

    Guesses the best strategy based on the "renderer" setting.

NOTE:

In order for yamlex based features such as !aggregate to work as expected across documents using the default smart merge strategy, the renderer config option must be set to jinja|yamlex or similar.

pillar_merge_lists

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: False

Recursively merge lists by aggregating them instead of replacing them.

pillar_merge_lists: False

pillar_includes_override_sls

New in version 2017.7.6,2018.3.1.

Default: False

Prior to version 2017.7.3, keys from pillar includes would be merged on top of the pillar SLS. Since 2017.7.3, the includes are merged together and then the pillar SLS is merged on top of that.

Set this option to True to return to the old behavior.

pillar_includes_override_sls: True

Pillar Cache Options

pillar_cache

New in version 2015.8.8.

Default: False

A master can cache pillars locally to bypass the expense of having to render them for each minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases where pillar rendering time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security concerns about storing pillars in a master cache have been addressed.

When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional pillar_cache_* configuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.

pillar_cache: False
NOTE:

Setting pillar_cache: True has no effect on targeting minions with pillar.

pillar_cache_ttl

New in version 2015.8.8.

Default: 3600

If and only if a master has set pillar_cache: True, the cache TTL controls the amount of time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh pillar is recompiled and stored.

pillar_cache_backend

New in version 2015.8.8.

Default: disk

If an only if a master has set pillar_cache: True, one of several storage providers can be utilized:

  • disk (default):

    The default storage backend. This caches rendered pillars to the master cache. Rendered pillars are serialized and deserialized as msgpack structures for speed. Note that pillars are stored UNENCRYPTED. Ensure that the master cache has permissions set appropriately (sane defaults are provided).

  • memory [EXPERIMENTAL]:

    An optional backend for pillar caches which uses a pure-Python in-memory data structure for maximal performance. There are several caveats, however. First, because each master worker contains its own in-memory cache, there is no guarantee of cache consistency between minion requests. This works best in situations where the pillar rarely if ever changes. Secondly, and perhaps more importantly, this means that unencrypted pillars will be accessible to any process which can examine the memory of the salt-master! This may represent a substantial security risk.

    pillar_cache_backend: disk

Master Reactor Settings

reactor

Default: []

Defines a salt reactor. See the Reactor documentation for more information.

reactor:
  - 'salt/minion/*/start':
    - salt://reactor/startup_tasks.sls

reactor_refresh_interval

Default: 60

The TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.

reactor_refresh_interval: 60

reactor_worker_threads

Default: 10

The number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.

reactor_worker_threads: 10

reactor_worker_hwm

Default: 10000

The queue size for workers in the reactor.

reactor_worker_hwm: 10000

Salt-API Master Settings

There are some settings for salt-api that can be configured on the Salt Master.

api_logfile

Default: /var/log/salt/api

The logfile location for salt-api.

api_logfile: /var/log/salt/api

api_pidfile

Default: /var/run/salt-api.pid

If this master will be running salt-api, specify the pidfile of the salt-api daemon.

api_pidfile: /var/run/salt-api.pid

rest_timeout

Default: 300

Used by salt-api for the master requests timeout.

rest_timeout: 300

Syndic Server Settings

A Salt syndic is a Salt master used to pass commands from a higher Salt master to minions below the syndic. Using the syndic is simple. If this is a master that will have syndic servers(s) below it, set the order_masters setting to True.

If this is a master that will be running a syndic daemon for passthrough the syndic_master setting needs to be set to the location of the master server.

Do not forget that, in other words, it means that it shares with the local minion its ID and PKI directory.

order_masters

Default: False

Extra data needs to be sent with publications if the master is controlling a lower level master via a syndic minion. If this is the case the order_masters value must be set to True

order_masters: False

syndic_master

Changed in version 2016.3.5,2016.11.1: Set default higher level master address.

Default: masterofmasters

If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, specify the higher level master with this configuration value.

syndic_master: masterofmasters

You can optionally connect a syndic to multiple higher level masters by setting the syndic_master value to a list:

syndic_master:
  - masterofmasters1
  - masterofmasters2

Each higher level master must be set up in a multi-master configuration.

syndic_master_port

Default: 4506

If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, specify the higher level master port with this configuration value.

syndic_master_port: 4506

syndic_pidfile

Default: /var/run/salt-syndic.pid

If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, specify the pidfile of the syndic daemon.

syndic_pidfile: /var/run/syndic.pid

syndic_log_file

Default: /var/log/salt/syndic

If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, specify the log file of the syndic daemon.

syndic_log_file: /var/log/salt-syndic.log

syndic_failover

New in version 2016.3.0.

Default: random

The behaviour of the multi-syndic when connection to a master of masters failed. Can specify random (default) or ordered. If set to random, masters will be iterated in random order. If ordered is specified, the configured order will be used.

syndic_failover: random

syndic_wait

Default: 5

The number of seconds for the salt client to wait for additional syndics to check in with their lists of expected minions before giving up.

syndic_wait: 5

syndic_forward_all_events

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: False

Option on multi-syndic or single when connected to multiple masters to be able to send events to all connected masters.

syndic_forward_all_events: False

Peer Publish Settings

Salt minions can send commands to other minions, but only if the minion is allowed to. By default "Peer Publication" is disabled, and when enabled it is enabled for specific minions and specific commands. This allows secure compartmentalization of commands based on individual minions.

peer

Default: {}

The configuration uses regular expressions to match minions and then a list of regular expressions to match functions. The following will allow the minion authenticated as foo.example.com to execute functions from the test and pkg modules.

peer:
  foo.example.com:
      - test.*
      - pkg.*

This will allow all minions to execute all commands:

peer:
  .*:
      - .*

This is not recommended, since it would allow anyone who gets root on any single minion to instantly have root on all of the minions!

By adding an additional layer you can limit the target hosts in addition to the accessible commands:

peer:
  foo.example.com:
    'db*':
      - test.*
      - pkg.*

peer_run

Default: {}

The peer_run option is used to open up runners on the master to access from the minions. The peer_run configuration matches the format of the peer configuration.

The following example would allow foo.example.com to execute the manage.up runner:

peer_run:
  foo.example.com:
      - manage.up

Master Logging Settings

log_file

Default: /var/log/salt/master

The master log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location. See also log_file.

Examples:

log_file: /var/log/salt/master
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: udp://loghost:10514

log_level

Default: warning

The level of messages to send to the console. See also log_level.

log_level: warning

log_level_logfile

Default: warning

The level of messages to send to the log file. See also log_level_logfile. When it is not set explicitly it will inherit the level set by log_level option.

log_level_logfile: warning

log_datefmt

Default: %H:%M:%S

The date and time format used in console log messages. See also log_datefmt.

log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'

log_datefmt_logfile

Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S

The date and time format used in log file messages. See also log_datefmt_logfile.

log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'

log_fmt_console

Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s

The format of the console logging messages. See also log_fmt_console.

NOTE:

Log colors are enabled in log_fmt_console rather than the color config since the logging system is loaded before the master config.

Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:

%(colorlevel)s %(colorname)s %(colorprocess)s %(colormsg)s

Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as well.  Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.

log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

log_fmt_logfile

Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s

The format of the log file logging messages. See also log_fmt_logfile.

log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

log_granular_levels

Default: {}

This can be used to control logging levels more specifically. See also log_granular_levels.

log_rotate_max_bytes

Default:  0

The maximum number of bytes a single log file may contain before it is rotated. A value of 0 disables this feature. Currently only supported on Windows. On other platforms, use an external tool such as 'logrotate' to manage log files. log_rotate_max_bytes

log_rotate_backup_count

Default:  0

The number of backup files to keep when rotating log files. Only used if log_rotate_max_bytes is greater than 0. Currently only supported on Windows. On other platforms, use an external tool such as 'logrotate' to manage log files. log_rotate_backup_count

Node Groups

nodegroups

Default: {}

Node groups allow for logical groupings of minion nodes. A group consists of a group name and a compound target.

nodegroups:
  group1: 'L@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
  group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
  group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
  group4:
    - 'G@foo:bar'
    - 'or'
    - 'G@foo:baz'

More information on using nodegroups can be found here.

Range Cluster Settings

range_server

Default: 'range:80'

The range server (and optional port) that serves your cluster information https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec

range_server: range:80

Include Configuration

Configuration can be loaded from multiple files. The order in which this is done is:

  1. The master config file itself
  2. The files matching the glob in default_include
  3. The files matching the glob in include (if defined)

Each successive step overrides any values defined in the previous steps. Therefore, any config options defined in one of the default_include files would override the same value in the master config file, and any options defined in include would override both.

default_include

Default: master.d/*.conf

The master can include configuration from other files. Per default the master will automatically include all config files from master.d/*.conf where master.d is relative to the directory of the master configuration file.

NOTE:

Salt creates files in the master.d directory for its own use. These files are prefixed with an underscore. A common example of this is the _schedule.conf file.

include

Default: not defined

The master can include configuration from other files. To enable this, pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory the main minion configuration file lives in. Paths can make use of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this option then the master will log a warning message.

# Include files from a master.d directory in the same
# directory as the master config file
include: master.d/*

# Include a single extra file into the configuration
include: /etc/roles/webserver

# Include several files and the master.d directory
include:
  - extra_config
  - master.d/*
  - /etc/roles/webserver

Keepalive Settings

tcp_keepalive

Default: True

The tcp keepalive interval to set on TCP ports. This setting can be used to tune Salt connectivity issues in messy network environments with misbehaving firewalls.

tcp_keepalive: True

tcp_keepalive_cnt

Default: -1

Sets the ZeroMQ TCP keepalive count. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.

tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1

tcp_keepalive_idle

Default: 300

Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive idle. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.

tcp_keepalive_idle: 300

tcp_keepalive_intvl

Default: -1

Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive interval. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.

tcp_keepalive_intvl': -1

Windows Software Repo Settings

winrepo_provider

New in version 2015.8.0.

Specify the provider to be used for winrepo. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that is used.

winrepo_provider: gitpython

winrepo_dir

Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo to winrepo_dir.

Default: /srv/salt/win/repo

Location on the master where the winrepo_remotes are checked out for pre-2015.8.0 minions. 2015.8.0 and later minions use winrepo_remotes_ng instead.

winrepo_dir: /srv/salt/win/repo

winrepo_dir_ng

New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.

Default: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng

Location on the master where the winrepo_remotes_ng are checked out for 2015.8.0 and later minions.

winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng

winrepo_cachefile

Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo_mastercachefile to winrepo_cachefile

NOTE:

2015.8.0 and later minions do not use this setting since the cachefile is now generated by the minion.

Default: winrepo.p

Path relative to winrepo_dir where the winrepo cache should be created.

winrepo_cachefile: winrepo.p

winrepo_remotes

Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_gitrepos to winrepo_remotes.

Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git']

List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for pre-2015.8.0 minions. 2015.8.0 and later minions use winrepo_remotes_ng instead.

winrepo_remotes:
  - https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git

To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the repository:

winrepo_remotes:
  - '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'

Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is introduced in the latest revision of the repo.

winrepo_remotes_ng

New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.

Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git']

List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for 2015.8.0 and later minions.

winrepo_remotes_ng:
  - https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git

To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the repository:

winrepo_remotes_ng:
  - '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'

Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is introduced in the latest revision of the repo.

winrepo_branch

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: master

If the branch is omitted from a winrepo remote, then this branch will be used instead. For example, in the configuration below, the first two remotes would use the winrepo branch/tag, while the third would use the foo branch/tag.

winrepo_branch: winrepo

winrepo_remotes:
  - https://mygitserver/winrepo1.git
  - https://mygitserver/winrepo2.git:
  - foo https://mygitserver/winrepo3.git

winrepo_ssl_verify

New in version 2015.8.0.

Changed in version 2016.11.0.

Default: False

Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting the remote repository. The  False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a self-signed certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is a considered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better option.

In the 2016.11.0 release, the default config value changed from False to True.

winrepo_ssl_verify: True

Winrepo Authentication Options

These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 winrepo_provider. Authentication works the same as it does in gitfs, as outlined in the GitFS Walkthrough, though the global configuration options are named differently to reflect that they are for winrepo instead of gitfs.

winrepo_user

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with winrepo_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.

winrepo_user: git

winrepo_password

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with winrepo_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.

winrepo_password: mypassword

winrepo_insecure_auth

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: False

By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.

winrepo_insecure_auth: True

winrepo_pubkey

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with winrepo_privkey (and optionally winrepo_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.

winrepo_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub

winrepo_privkey

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

Along with winrepo_pubkey (and optionally winrepo_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.

winrepo_privkey: /path/to/key

winrepo_passphrase

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ''

This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is protected by a passphrase.

winrepo_passphrase: mypassphrase

winrepo_refspecs

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']

When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be fetched. This parameter works similarly to its GitFS counterpart, in that it can be configured both globally and for individual remotes.

winrepo_refspecs:
  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'

Configure Master on Windows

The master on Windows requires no additional configuration. You can modify the master configuration by creating/editing the master config file located at c:\salt\conf\master. The same configuration options available on Linux are available in Windows, as long as they apply. For example, SSH options wouldn't apply in Windows. The main differences are the file paths. If you are familiar with common salt paths, the following table may be useful:

linux PathsWindows Paths
/etc/salt<--->c:\salt\conf
/<--->c:\salt

So, for example, the master config file in Linux is /etc/salt/master. In Windows the master config file is c:\salt\conf\master. The Linux path /etc/salt becomes c:\salt\conf in Windows.

Common File Locations

Linux PathsWindows Paths
conf_file: /etc/salt/masterconf_file: c:\salt\conf\master
log_file: /var/log/salt/masterlog_file: c:\salt\var\log\salt\master
pidfile: /var/run/salt-master.pidpidfile: c:\salt\var\run\salt-master.pid

Common Directories

Linux PathsWindows Paths
cachedir: /var/cache/salt/mastercachedir: c:\salt\var\cache\salt\master
extension_modules: /var/cache/salt/master/extmodsc:\salt\var\cache\salt\master\extmods
pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/masterpki_dir: c:\salt\conf\pki\master
root_dir: /root_dir: c:\salt
sock_dir: /var/run/salt/mastersock_dir: c:\salt\var\run\salt\master

Roots

file_roots

Linux PathsWindows Paths
/srv/saltc:\salt\srv\salt
/srv/spm/saltc:\salt\srv\spm\salt

pillar_roots

Linux PathsWindows Paths
/srv/pillarc:\salt\srv\pillar
/srv/spm/pillarc:\salt\srv\spm\pillar

Win Repo Settings

Linux PathsWindows Paths
winrepo_dir: /srv/salt/win/repowinrepo_dir: c:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo
winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ngwinrepo_dir_ng: c:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo-ng

Configuring the Salt Minion

The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure. The two components of the Salt system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the master configuration file, and the salt-minion is configured via the minion configuration file.

SEE ALSO:

example minion configuration file

The Salt Minion configuration is very simple. Typically, the only value that needs to be set is the master value so the minion knows where to locate its master.

By default, the salt-minion configuration will be in /etc/salt/minion. A notable exception is FreeBSD, where the configuration will be in /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.

Minion Primary Configuration

master

Default: salt

The hostname or IP address of the master. See ipv6 for IPv6 connections to the master.

Default: salt

master: salt

master:port Syntax

New in version 2015.8.0.

The master config option can also be set to use the master's IP in conjunction with a port number by default.

master: localhost:1234

For IPv6 formatting with a port, remember to add brackets around the IP address before adding the port and enclose the line in single quotes to make it a string:

master: '[2001:db8:85a3:8d3:1319:8a2e:370:7348]:1234'
NOTE:

If a port is specified in the master as well as master_port, the master_port setting will be overridden by the master configuration.

List of Masters Syntax

The option can also be set to a list of masters, enabling multi-master mode.

master:
  - address1
  - address2

Changed in version 2014.7.0: The master can be dynamically configured. The master value can be set to an module function which will be executed and will assume that the returning value is the ip or hostname of the desired master. If a function is being specified, then the master_type option must be set to func, to tell the minion that the value is a function to be run and not a fully-qualified domain name.

master: module.function
master_type: func

In addition, instead of using multi-master mode, the minion can be configured to use the list of master addresses as a failover list, trying the first address, then the second, etc. until the minion successfully connects. To enable this behavior, set master_type to failover:

master:
  - address1
  - address2
master_type: failover

ipv6

Default: None

Whether the master should be connected over IPv6. By default salt minion will try to automatically detect IPv6 connectivity to master.

ipv6: True

master_uri_format

New in version 2015.8.0.

Specify the format in which the master address will be evaluated. Valid options are default or ip_only. If ip_only is specified, then the master address will not be split into IP and PORT, so be sure that only an IP (or domain name) is set in the master configuration setting.

master_uri_format: ip_only

master_tops_first

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: False

SLS targets defined using the Master Tops system are normally executed after any matches defined in the Top File. Set this option to True to have the minion execute the Master Tops states first.

master_tops_first: True

master_type

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: str

The type of the master variable. Can be str, failover, func or disable.

master_type: failover

If this option is set to failover, master must be a list of master addresses. The minion will then try each master in the order specified in the list until it successfully connects.  master_alive_interval must also be set, this determines how often the minion will verify the presence of the master.

master_type: func

If the master needs to be dynamically assigned by executing a function instead of reading in the static master value, set this to func. This can be used to manage the minion's master setting from an execution module. By simply changing the algorithm in the module to return a new master ip/fqdn, restart the minion and it will connect to the new master.

As of version 2016.11.0 this option can be set to disable and the minion will never attempt to talk to the master. This is useful for running a masterless minion daemon.

master_type: disable

max_event_size

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 1048576

Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.

max_event_size: 1048576

enable_legacy_startup_events

New in version 2019.2.0.

Default: True

When a minion starts up it sends a notification on the event bus with a tag that looks like this: salt/minion/<minion_id>/start. For historical reasons the minion also sends a similar event with an event tag like this: minion_start. This duplication can cause a lot of clutter on the event bus when there are many minions. Set enable_legacy_startup_events: False in the minion config to ensure only the salt/minion/<minion_id>/start events are sent. Beginning with the Sodium Salt release this option will default to False.

enable_legacy_startup_events: True

master_failback

New in version 2016.3.0.

Default: False

If the minion is in multi-master mode and the :conf_minion`master_type` configuration option is set to failover, this setting can be set to True to force the minion to fail back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online.

master_failback: False

master_failback_interval

New in version 2016.3.0.

Default: 0

If the minion is in multi-master mode, the :conf_minion`master_type` configuration is set to failover, and the master_failback option is enabled, the master failback interval can be set to ping the top master with this interval, in seconds.

master_failback_interval: 0

master_alive_interval

Default: 0

Configures how often, in seconds, the minion will verify that the current master is alive and responding.  The minion will try to establish a connection to the next master in the list if it finds the existing one is dead.

master_alive_interval: 30

master_shuffle

New in version 2014.7.0.

Deprecated since version 2019.2.0.

Default: False

WARNING:

This option has been deprecated in Salt 2019.2.0. Please use random_master instead.

master_shuffle: True

random_master

New in version 2014.7.0.

Changed in version 2019.2.0: The master_failback option can be used in conjunction with random_master to force the minion to fail back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online. Note that master_type must be set to failover in order for the master_failback setting to work.

Default: False

If master is a list of addresses, shuffle them before trying to connect to distribute the minions over all available masters. This uses Python's random.shuffle method.

If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting as a list, the default behavior is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master is set to True, the order will be randomized instead upon Minion startup. This can be helpful in distributing the load of many minions executing salt-call requests, for example, from a cron job. If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored and a warning is logged.

random_master: True
NOTE:

When the failover, master_failback, and random_master options are used together, only the "secondary masters" will be shuffled. The first master in the list is ignored in the random.shuffle call. See master_failback for more information.

retry_dns

Default: 30

Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds. Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.

retry_dns: 30

retry_dns_count

New in version 2018.3.4.

Default: None

Set the number of attempts to perform when resolving the master hostname if name resolution fails. By default the minion will retry indefinitely.

retry_dns_count: 3

master_port

Default: 4506

The port of the master ret server, this needs to coincide with the ret_port option on the Salt master.

master_port: 4506

publish_port

Default: 4505

The port of the master publish server, this needs to coincide with the publish_port option on the Salt master.

publish_port: 4505

source_interface_name

New in version 2018.3.0.

The name of the interface to use when establishing the connection to the Master.

NOTE:

If multiple IP addresses are configured on the named interface, the first one will be selected. In that case, for a better selection, consider using the source_address option.

NOTE:

To use an IPv6 address from the named interface, make sure the option ipv6 is enabled, i.e., ipv6: true.

NOTE:

If the interface is down, it will avoid using it, and the Minion will bind to 0.0.0.0 (all interfaces).

WARNING:

This option requires modern version of the underlying libraries used by the selected transport:

  • zeromq requires pyzmq >= 16.0.1 and libzmq >= 4.1.6
  • tcp requires tornado >= 4.5

Configuration example:

source_interface_name: bond0.1234

source_address

New in version 2018.3.0.

The source IP address or the domain name to be used when connecting the Minion to the Master. See ipv6 for IPv6 connections to the Master.

WARNING:

This option requires modern version of the underlying libraries used by the selected transport:

  • zeromq requires pyzmq >= 16.0.1 and libzmq >= 4.1.6
  • tcp requires tornado >= 4.5

Configuration example:

source_address: if-bond0-1234.sjc.us-west.internal

source_ret_port

New in version 2018.3.0.

The source port to be used when connecting the Minion to the Master ret server.

WARNING:

This option requires modern version of the underlying libraries used by the selected transport:

  • zeromq requires pyzmq >= 16.0.1 and libzmq >= 4.1.6
  • tcp requires tornado >= 4.5

Configuration example:

source_ret_port: 49017

source_publish_port

New in version 2018.3.0.

The source port to be used when connecting the Minion to the Master publish server.

WARNING:

This option requires modern version of the underlying libraries used by the selected transport:

  • zeromq requires pyzmq >= 16.0.1 and libzmq >= 4.1.6
  • tcp requires tornado >= 4.5

Configuration example:

source_publish_port: 49018

user

Default: root

The user to run the Salt processes

user: root

sudo_user

Default: ''

The user to run salt remote execution commands as via sudo. If this option is enabled then sudo will be used to change the active user executing the remote command. If enabled the user will need to be allowed access via the sudoers file for the user that the salt minion is configured to run as. The most common option would be to use the root user. If this option is set the user option should also be set to a non-root user. If migrating from a root minion to a non root minion the minion cache should be cleared and the minion pki directory will need to be changed to the ownership of the new user.

sudo_user: root

pidfile

Default: /var/run/salt-minion.pid

The location of the daemon's process ID file

pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid

root_dir

Default: /

This directory is prepended to the following options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file, sock_dir, and pidfile.

root_dir: /

conf_file

Default: /etc/salt/minion

The path to the minion's configuration file.

conf_file: /etc/salt/minion

pki_dir

Default: /etc/salt/pki/minion

The directory used to store the minion's public and private keys.

pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion

id

Default: the system's hostname

SEE ALSO:

Salt Walkthrough

The Setting up a Salt Minion section contains detailed information on how the hostname is determined.

Explicitly declare the id for this minion to use. Since Salt uses detached ids it is possible to run multiple minions on the same machine but with different ids.

id: foo.bar.com

minion_id_caching

New in version 0.17.2.

Default: True

Caches the minion id to a file when the minion's id is not statically defined in the minion config. This setting prevents potential problems when automatic minion id resolution changes, which can cause the minion to lose connection with the master. To turn off minion id caching, set this config to False.

For more information, please see Issue #7558 and Pull Request #8488.

minion_id_caching: True

append_domain

Default: None

Append a domain to a hostname in the event that it does not exist. This is useful for systems where socket.getfqdn() does not actually result in a FQDN (for instance, Solaris).

append_domain: foo.org

minion_id_remove_domain

New in version 3000.

Default: False

Remove a domain when the minion id is generated as a fully qualified domain name (either by the user provided id_function, or by Salt). This is useful when the minions shall be named like hostnames. Can be a single domain (to prevent name clashes), or True, to remove all domains.

Examples:
  • minion_id_remove_domain = foo.org - FQDN = king_bob.foo.org --> minion_id = king_bob - FQDN = king_bob.bar.org --> minion_id = king_bob.bar.org
  • minion_id_remove_domain = True - FQDN = king_bob.foo.org --> minion_id = king_bob - FQDN = king_bob.bar.org --> minion_id = king_bob

For more information, please see issue #49212 and  PR #49378.

minion_id_remove_domain: foo.org

minion_id_lowercase

Default: False

Convert minion id to lowercase when it is being generated. Helpful when some hosts get the minion id in uppercase. Cached ids will remain the same and not converted.

minion_id_lowercase: True

cachedir

Default: /var/cache/salt/minion

The location for minion cache data.

This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.

cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion

color_theme

Default: ""

Specifies a path to the color theme to use for colored command line output.

color_theme: /etc/salt/color_theme

append_minionid_config_dirs

Default: [] (the empty list) for regular minions, ['cachedir'] for proxy minions.

Append minion_id to these configuration directories.  Helps with multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine. Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules. Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine.

append_minionid_config_dirs:
  - pki_dir
  - cachedir

verify_env

Default: True

Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.

verify_env: True
NOTE:

When set to True the verify_env option requires WRITE access to the configuration directory (/etc/salt/). In certain situations such as mounting /etc/salt/ as read-only for templating this will create a stack trace when state.apply is called.

cache_jobs

Default: False

The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this can be a good way to keep track of the minion side of the jobs the minion has executed. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set cache_jobs to True.

cache_jobs: False

grains

Default: (empty)

SEE ALSO:

static-custom-grains

Statically assigns grains to the minion.

grains:
  roles:
    - webserver
    - memcache
  deployment: datacenter4
  cabinet: 13
  cab_u: 14-15

grains_blacklist

Default: []

Each grains key will be compared against each of the expressions in this list. Any keys which match will be filtered from the grains. Exact matches, glob matches, and regular expressions are supported.

NOTE:

Some states and execution modules depend on grains. Filtering may cause them to be unavailable or run unreliably.

New in version 3000.

grains_blacklist:
  - cpu_flags
  - zmq*
  - ipv[46]

grains_cache

Default: False

The minion can locally cache grain data instead of refreshing the data each time the grain is referenced. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_cache to True.

grains_cache: False

grains_cache_expiration

Default: 300

Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if grains_cache is not enabled.

grains_cache_expiration: 300

grains_deep_merge

New in version 2016.3.0.

Default: False

The grains can be merged, instead of overridden, using this option. This allows custom grains to defined different subvalues of a dictionary grain. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_deep_merge to True.

grains_deep_merge: False

For example, with these custom grains functions:

def custom1_k1():
    return {'custom1': {'k1': 'v1'}}

def custom1_k2():
    return {'custom1': {'k2': 'v2'}}

Without grains_deep_merge, the result would be:

custom1:
  k1: v1

With grains_deep_merge, the result will be:

custom1:
  k1: v1
  k2: v2

grains_refresh_every

Default: 0

The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore care should be taken not to set this value too low.

Note: This value is expressed in minutes.

A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.

grains_refresh_every: 0

metadata_server_grains

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: False

Set this option to enable gathering of cloud metadata from http://169.254.169.254/latest for use in grains (see here for more information).

metadata_server_grains: True

fibre_channel_grains

Default: False

The fibre_channel_grains setting will enable the fc_wwn grain for Fibre Channel WWN's on the minion. Since this grain is expensive, it is disabled by default.

fibre_channel_grains: True

iscsi_grains

Default: False

The iscsi_grains setting will enable the iscsi_iqn grain on the minion. Since this grain is expensive, it is disabled by default.

iscsi_grains: True

nvme_grains

Default: False

The nvme_grains setting will enable the nvme_nqn grain on the minion. Since this grain is expensive, it is disabled by default.

nvme_grains: True

mine_enabled

New in version 2015.8.10.

Default: True

Determines whether or not the salt minion should run scheduled mine updates.  If this is set to False then the mine update function will not get added to the scheduler for the minion.

mine_enabled: True

mine_return_job

New in version 2015.8.10.

Default: False

Determines whether or not scheduled mine updates should be accompanied by a job return for the job cache.

mine_return_job: False

mine_functions

Default: Empty

Designate which functions should be executed at mine_interval intervals on each minion. See this documentation on the Salt Mine for more information. Note these can be defined in the pillar for a minion as well.

example minion configuration file

mine_functions:
  test.ping: []
  network.ip_addrs:
    interface: eth0
    cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'

mine_interval

Default: 60

The number of minutes between mine updates.

mine_interval: 60

sock_dir

Default: /var/run/salt/minion

The directory where Unix sockets will be kept.

sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion

enable_gpu_grains

Default: True

Enable GPU hardware data for your master. Be aware that the minion can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used to populate the grains for the minion, so this can be set to False if you do not need these grains.

enable_gpu_grains: False

outputter_dirs

Default: []

A list of additional directories to search for salt outputters in.

outputter_dirs: []

backup_mode

Default: ''

Make backups of files replaced by file.managed and file.recurse state modules under cachedir in file_backup subdirectory preserving original paths. Refer to File State Backups documentation for more details.

backup_mode: minion

acceptance_wait_time

Default: 10

The number of seconds to wait until attempting to re-authenticate with the master.

acceptance_wait_time: 10

acceptance_wait_time_max

Default: 0

The maximum number of seconds to wait until attempting to re-authenticate with the master. If set, the wait will increase by acceptance_wait_time seconds each iteration.

acceptance_wait_time_max: 0

rejected_retry

Default: False

If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting. Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.

rejected_retry: False

random_reauth_delay

Default: 10

When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a syn-flood on the master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter. The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.

random_reauth_delay: 60

master_tries

New in version 2016.3.0.

Default: 1

The number of attempts to connect to a master before giving up. Set this to -1 for unlimited attempts. This allows for a master to have downtime and the minion to reconnect to it later when it comes back up. In 'failover' mode, which is set in the master_type configuration, this value is the number of attempts for each set of masters. In this mode, it will cycle through the list of masters for each attempt.

master_tries is different than auth_tries because auth_tries attempts to retry auth attempts with a single master. auth_tries is under the assumption that you can connect to the master but not gain authorization from it. master_tries will still cycle through all of the masters in a given try, so it is appropriate if you expect occasional downtime from the master(s).

master_tries: 1

auth_tries

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 7

The number of attempts to authenticate to a master before giving up. Or, more technically, the number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutErrors that are acceptable when trying to authenticate to the master.

auth_tries: 7

auth_timeout

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 60

When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value, in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.

auth_timeout: 60

auth_safemode

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: False

If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval, this setting, when set to True, will cause a sub-minion process to restart.

auth_safemode: False

ping_interval

Default: 0

Instructs the minion to ping its master(s) every n number of minutes. Used primarily as a mitigation technique against minion disconnects.

ping_interval: 0

random_startup_delay

Default: 0

The maximum bound for an interval in which a minion will randomly sleep upon starting up prior to attempting to connect to a master. This can be used to splay connection attempts for cases where many minions starting up at once may place undue load on a master.

For example, setting this to 5 will tell a minion to sleep for a value between 0 and 5 seconds.

random_startup_delay: 5

recon_default

Default: 1000

The interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second).

recon_default: 1000

recon_max

Default: 10000

The maximum time a socket should wait. Each interval the time to wait is calculated by doubling the previous time. If recon_max is reached, it starts again at the recon_default.

Short example:
  • reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
  • reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
  • reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
  • reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
  • reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
  • reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
recon_max: 10000

recon_randomize

Default: True

Generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will be a random value between recon_default and recon_default + recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to change these settings. If all minions have the same values and the setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still flood the master. The desired behavior is to have time-frame within all minions try to reconnect.

recon_randomize: True

loop_interval

Default: 1

The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to 1 second on the minion scheduler.

loop_interval: 1

pub_ret

Default: True

Some installations choose to start all job returns in a cache or a returner and forgo sending the results back to a master. In this workflow, jobs are most often executed with --async from the Salt CLI and then results are evaluated by examining job caches on the minions or any configured returners. WARNING: Setting this to False will disable returns back to the master.

pub_ret: True

return_retry_timer

Default: 5

The default timeout for a minion return attempt.

return_retry_timer: 5

return_retry_timer_max

Default: 10

The maximum timeout for a minion return attempt. If non-zero the minion return retry timeout will be a random int between return_retry_timer and return_retry_timer_max

return_retry_timer_max: 10

cache_sreqs

Default: True

The connection to the master ret_port is kept open. When set to False, the minion creates a new connection for every return to the master.

cache_sreqs: True

ipc_mode

Default: ipc

Windows platforms lack POSIX IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter- process communications. ipc_mode is set to tcp on such systems.

ipc_mode: ipc

tcp_pub_port

Default: 4510

Publish port used when ipc_mode is set to tcp.

tcp_pub_port: 4510

tcp_pull_port

Default: 4511

Pull port used when ipc_mode is set to tcp.

tcp_pull_port: 4511

transport

Default: zeromq

Changes the underlying transport layer. ZeroMQ is the recommended transport while additional transport layers are under development. Supported values are zeromq and tcp (experimental). This setting has a significant impact on performance and should not be changed unless you know what you are doing!

transport: zeromq

syndic_finger

Default: ''

The key fingerprint of the higher-level master for the syndic to verify it is talking to the intended master.

syndic_finger: 'ab:30:65:2a:d6:9e:20:4f:d8:b2:f3:a7:d4:65:50:10'

http_connect_timeout

New in version 2019.2.0.

Default: 20

HTTP connection timeout in seconds. Applied when fetching files using tornado back-end. Should be greater than overall download time.

http_connect_timeout: 20

http_request_timeout

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: 3600

HTTP request timeout in seconds. Applied when fetching files using tornado back-end. Should be greater than overall download time.

http_request_timeout: 3600

proxy_host

Default: ''

The hostname used for HTTP proxy access.

proxy_host: proxy.my-domain

proxy_port

Default: 0

The port number used for HTTP proxy access.

proxy_port: 31337

proxy_username

Default: ''

The username used for HTTP proxy access.

proxy_username: charon

proxy_password

Default: ''

The password used for HTTP proxy access.

proxy_password: obolus

no_proxy

New in version 2019.2.0.

Default: []

List of hosts to bypass HTTP proxy

NOTE:

This key does nothing unless proxy_host etc is configured, it does not support any kind of wildcards.

no_proxy: [ '127.0.0.1', 'foo.tld' ]

use_yamlloader_old

New in version 2019.2.1.

Default: False

Use the pre-2019.2 YAML renderer. Uses legacy YAML rendering to support some legacy inline data structures. See the 2019.2.1 release notes for more details.

use_yamlloader_old: False

Docker Configuration

docker.update_mine

New in version 2017.7.8,2018.3.3.

Changed in version 2019.2.0: The default value is now False

Default: True

If enabled, when containers are added, removed, stopped, started, etc., the mine will be updated with the results of docker.ps verbose=True all=True host=True. This mine data is used by mine.get_docker. Set this option to False to keep Salt from updating the mine with this information.

NOTE:

This option can also be set in Grains or Pillar data, with Grains overriding Pillar and the minion config file overriding Grains.

NOTE:

Disabling this will of course keep mine.get_docker from returning any information for a given minion.

docker.update_mine: False

docker.compare_container_networks

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: {'static': ['Aliases', 'Links', 'IPAMConfig'], 'automatic': ['IPAddress', 'Gateway', 'GlobalIPv6Address', 'IPv6Gateway']}

Specifies which keys are examined by docker.compare_container_networks.

NOTE:

This should not need to be modified unless new features added to Docker result in new keys added to the network configuration which must be compared to determine if two containers have different network configs. This config option exists solely as a way to allow users to continue using Salt to manage their containers after an API change, without waiting for a new Salt release to catch up to the changes in the Docker API.

docker.compare_container_networks:
  static:
    - Aliases
    - Links
    - IPAMConfig
  automatic:
    - IPAddress
    - Gateway
    - GlobalIPv6Address
    - IPv6Gateway

optimization_order

Default: [0, 1, 2]

In cases where Salt is distributed without .py files, this option determines the priority of optimization level(s) Salt's module loader should prefer.

NOTE:

This option is only supported on Python 3.5+.

optimization_order:
  - 2
  - 0
  - 1

Minion Execution Module Management

disable_modules

Default: [] (all execution modules are enabled by default)

The event may occur in which the administrator desires that a minion should not be able to execute a certain module.

However, the sys module is built into the minion and cannot be disabled.

This setting can also tune the minion. Because all modules are loaded into system memory, disabling modules will lower the minion's memory footprint.

Modules should be specified according to their file name on the system and not by their virtual name. For example, to disable cmd, use the string cmdmod which corresponds to salt.modules.cmdmod.

disable_modules:
  - test
  - solr

disable_returners

Default: [] (all returners are enabled by default)

If certain returners should be disabled, this is the place

disable_returners:
  - mongo_return

whitelist_modules

Default: [] (Module whitelisting is disabled.  Adding anything to the config option will cause only the listed modules to be enabled.  Modules not in the list will not be loaded.)

This option is the reverse of disable_modules. If enabled, only execution modules in this list will be loaded and executed on the minion.

Note that this is a very large hammer and it can be quite difficult to keep the minion working the way you think it should since Salt uses many modules internally itself.  At a bare minimum you need the following enabled or else the minion won't start.

whitelist_modules:
  - cmdmod
  - test
  - config

module_dirs

Default: []

A list of extra directories to search for Salt modules

module_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/modules

returner_dirs

Default: []

A list of extra directories to search for Salt returners

returner_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/returners

states_dirs

Default: []

A list of extra directories to search for Salt states

states_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/states

grains_dirs

Default: []

A list of extra directories to search for Salt grains

grains_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/grains

render_dirs

Default: []

A list of extra directories to search for Salt renderers

render_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/renderers

utils_dirs

Default: []

A list of extra directories to search for Salt utilities

utils_dirs:
  - /var/lib/salt/utils

cython_enable

Default: False

Set this value to true to enable auto-loading and compiling of .pyx modules, This setting requires that gcc and cython are installed on the minion.

cython_enable: False

enable_zip_modules

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: False

Set this value to true to enable loading of zip archives as extension modules. This allows for packing module code with specific dependencies to avoid conflicts and/or having to install specific modules' dependencies in system libraries.

enable_zip_modules: False

providers

Default: (empty)

A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion via the providers option. This can be done on an individual basis in an SLS file, or globally here in the minion config, like below.

providers:
  service: systemd

modules_max_memory

Default: -1

Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently only supported on *NIX operating systems and requires psutil.

modules_max_memory: -1

extmod_whitelist/extmod_blacklist

New in version 2017.7.0.

By using this dictionary, the modules that are synced to the minion's extmod cache using saltutil.sync_* can be limited.  If nothing is set to a specific type, then all modules are accepted.  To block all modules of a specific type, whitelist an empty list.

extmod_whitelist:
  modules:
    - custom_module
  engines:
    - custom_engine
  pillars: []

extmod_blacklist:
  modules:
    - specific_module

Valid options:

  • beacons
  • clouds
  • sdb
  • modules
  • states
  • grains
  • renderers
  • returners
  • proxy
  • engines
  • output
  • utils
  • pillar

Top File Settings

These parameters only have an effect if running a masterless minion.

state_top

Default: top.sls

The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to use and what modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the root of the base environment.

state_top: top.sls

state_top_saltenv

This option has no default value. Set it to an environment name to ensure that only the top file from that environment is considered during a highstate.

NOTE:

Using this value does not change the merging strategy. For instance, if top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and state_top_saltenv is set to foo, then any sections for environments other than foo in the top file for the foo environment will be ignored. With state_top_saltenv set to base, all states from all environments in the base top file will be applied, while all other top files are ignored. The only way to set state_top_saltenv to something other than base and not have the other environments in the targeted top file ignored, would be to set top_file_merging_strategy to merge_all.

state_top_saltenv: dev

top_file_merging_strategy

Changed in version 2016.11.0: A merge_all strategy has been added.

Default: merge

When no specific fileserver environment (a.k.a. saltenv) has been specified for a highstate, all environments' top files are inspected. This config option determines how the SLS targets in those top files are handled.

When set to merge, the base environment's top file is evaluated first, followed by the other environments' top files. The first target expression (e.g. '*') for a given environment is kept, and when the same target expression is used in a different top file evaluated later, it is ignored. Because base is evaluated first, it is authoritative. For example, if there is a target for '*' for the foo environment in both the base and foo environment's top files, the one in the foo environment would be ignored. The environments will be evaluated in no specific order (aside from base coming first). For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order. Note that, aside from the base environment's top file, any sections in top files that do not match that top file's environment will be ignored. So, for example, a section for the qa environment would be ignored if it appears in the dev environment's top file. To keep use cases like this from being ignored, use the merge_all strategy.

When set to same, then for each environment, only that environment's top file is processed, with the others being ignored. For example, only the dev environment's top file will be processed for the dev environment, and any SLS targets defined for dev in the base environment's (or any other environment's) top file will be ignored. If an environment does not have a top file, then the top file from the default_top config parameter will be used as a fallback.

When set to merge_all, then all states in all environments in all top files will be applied. The order in which individual SLS files will be executed will depend on the order in which the top files were evaluated, and the environments will be evaluated in no specific order. For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order.

top_file_merging_strategy: same

env_order

Default: []

When top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and no environment is specified for a highstate, this config option allows for the order in which top files are evaluated to be explicitly defined.

env_order:
  - base
  - dev
  - qa

default_top

Default: base

When top_file_merging_strategy is set to same, and no environment is specified for a highstate (i.e. environment is not set for the minion), this config option specifies a fallback environment in which to look for a top file if an environment lacks one.

default_top: dev

startup_states

Default: ''

States to run when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:

  • highstate: Execute state.highstate
  • sls: Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
  • top: Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master

    startup_states: ''

sls_list

Default: []

List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is set to sls.

sls_list:
  - edit.vim
  - hyper

start_event_grains

Default: []

List of grains to pass in start event when minion starts up.

start_event_grains:
  - machine_id
  - uuid

top_file

Default: ''

Top file to execute if startup_states is set to top.

top_file: ''

State Management Settings

renderer

Default: jinja|yaml

The default renderer used for local state executions

renderer: jinja|json

test

Default: False

Set all state calls to only test if they are going to actually make changes or just post what changes are going to be made.

test: False

state_verbose

Default: True

Controls the verbosity of state runs. By default, the results of all states are returned, but setting this value to False will cause salt to only display output for states that failed or states that have changes.

state_verbose: True

state_output

Default: full

The state_output setting controls which results will be output full multi line:

  • full, terse - each state will be full/terse
  • mixed - only states with errors will be full
  • changes - states with changes and errors will be full

full_id, mixed_id, changes_id and terse_id are also allowed; when set, the state ID will be used as name in the output.

state_output: full

state_output_diff

Default: False

The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.

state_output_diff: False

autoload_dynamic_modules

Default: True

autoload_dynamic_modules turns on automatic loading of modules found in the environments on the master. This is turned on by default. To turn off auto-loading modules when states run, set this value to False.

autoload_dynamic_modules: True

clean_dynamic_modules

Default: True

clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with the dynamic modules on the master. This means that if a dynamic module is not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default this is enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.

clean_dynamic_modules: True
NOTE:

If extmod_whitelist is specified, modules which are not whitelisted will also be cleaned here.

saltenv

Changed in version 2018.3.0: Renamed from environment to saltenv. If environment is used, saltenv will take its value. If both are used, environment will be ignored and saltenv will be used.

Normally the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage environments is to isolate via the top file.

saltenv: dev

lock_saltenv

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: False

For purposes of running states, this option prevents using the saltenv argument to manually set the environment. This is useful to keep a minion which has the saltenv option set to dev from running states from an environment other than dev.

lock_saltenv: True

snapper_states

Default: False

The snapper_states value is used to enable taking snapper snapshots before and after salt state runs. This allows for state runs to be rolled back.

For snapper states to function properly snapper needs to be installed and enabled.

snapper_states: True

snapper_states_config

Default: root

Snapper can execute based on a snapper configuration. The configuration needs to be set up before snapper can use it. The default configuration is root, this default makes snapper run on SUSE systems using the default configuration set up at install time.

snapper_states_config: root

File Directory Settings

file_client

Default: remote

The client defaults to looking on the master server for files, but can be directed to look on the minion by setting this parameter to local.

file_client: remote

use_master_when_local

Default: False

When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to allow the client to connect to a master for remote execution.

use_master_when_local: False

file_roots

Default:

base:
  - /srv/salt

When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to setup the fileserver's environments. This parameter operates identically to the master config parameter of the same name.

file_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt
  dev:
    - /srv/salt/dev/services
    - /srv/salt/dev/states
  prod:
    - /srv/salt/prod/services
    - /srv/salt/prod/states

fileserver_limit_traversal

New in version 2014.1.0.

Default: False

By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules, set fileserver_limit_traversal to True. This might be useful for installations where a file root has a very large number of files and performance is impacted.

fileserver_limit_traversal: False

hash_type

Default: sha256

The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on the local fileserver. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384, and sha512 are also supported.

hash_type: sha256

Pillar Configuration

pillar_roots

Default:

base:
  - /srv/pillar

When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to setup the pillar environments.

pillar_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/pillar
  dev:
    - /srv/pillar/dev
  prod:
    - /srv/pillar/prod

on_demand_ext_pillar

New in version 2016.3.6,2016.11.3,2017.7.0.

Default: ['libvirt', 'virtkey']

When using a local file_client, this option controls which external pillars are permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext.

on_demand_ext_pillar:
  - libvirt
  - virtkey
  - git
WARNING:

This will allow a masterless minion to request specific pillar data via pillar.ext, and may be considered a security risk. However, pillar data generated in this way will not affect the in-memory pillar data, so this risk is limited to instances in which states/modules/etc. (built-in or custom) rely upon pillar data generated by pillar.ext.

decrypt_pillar

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: []

A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.

decrypt_pillar:
  - 'foo:bar': gpg
  - 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'

Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a key/value pair, with the key being the pillar location, and the value being the renderer to use for pillar decryption. If the former is used, the renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will be used.

decrypt_pillar_delimiter

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: :

The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the decrypt_pillar option.

decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|'
decrypt_pillar:
  - 'foo|bar': gpg
  - 'lorem|ipsum|dolor'

decrypt_pillar_default

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: gpg

The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given pillar key in decrypt_pillar.

decrypt_pillar_default: my_custom_renderer

decrypt_pillar_renderers

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: ['gpg']

List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.

decrypt_pillar_renderers:
  - gpg
  - my_custom_renderer

pillarenv

Default: None

Isolates the pillar environment on the minion side. This functions the same as the environment setting, but for pillar instead of states.

pillarenv: dev

pillarenv_from_saltenv

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: False

When set to True, the pillarenv value will assume the value of the effective saltenv when running states. This essentially makes salt '*' state.sls mysls saltenv=dev equivalent to salt '*' state.sls mysls saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev. If pillarenv is set, either in the minion config file or via the CLI, it will override this option.

pillarenv_from_saltenv: True

pillar_raise_on_missing

New in version 2015.5.0.

Default: False

Set this option to True to force a KeyError to be raised whenever an attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set to False, the failed attempt returns an empty string.

minion_pillar_cache

New in version 2016.3.0.

Default: False

The minion can locally cache rendered pillar data under cachedir/pillar. This allows a temporarily disconnected minion to access previously cached pillar data by invoking salt-call with the --local and --pillar_root=:conf_minion:cachedir/pillar options. Before enabling this setting consider that the rendered pillar may contain security sensitive data. Appropriate access restrictions should be in place. By default the saved pillar data will be readable only by the user account running salt. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set minion_pillar_cache to True.

minion_pillar_cache: False

file_recv_max_size

New in version 2014.7.0.

Default: 100

Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master. It will be interpreted as megabytes.

file_recv_max_size: 100

pass_to_ext_pillars

Specify a list of configuration keys whose values are to be passed to external pillar functions.

Suboptions can be specified using the ':' notation (i.e. option:suboption)

The values are merged and included in the extra_minion_data optional parameter of the external pillar function.  The extra_minion_data parameter is passed only to the external pillar functions that have it explicitly specified in their definition.

If the config contains

opt1: value1
opt2:
  subopt1: value2
  subopt2: value3

pass_to_ext_pillars:
  - opt1
  - opt2: subopt1

the extra_minion_data parameter will be

{'opt1': 'value1',
 'opt2': {'subopt1': 'value2'}}

Security Settings

open_mode

Default: False

Open mode can be used to clean out the PKI key received from the Salt master, turn on open mode, restart the minion, then turn off open mode and restart the minion to clean the keys.

open_mode: False

master_finger

Default: ''

Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found as master.pub by running "salt-key -F master" on the Salt master.

master_finger: 'ba:30:65:2a:d6:9e:20:4f:d8:b2:f3:a7:d4:65:11:13'

keysize

Default: 2048

The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.

keysize: 2048

permissive_pki_access

Default: False

Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.

permissive_pki_access: False

verify_master_pubkey_sign

Default: False

Enables verification of the master-public-signature returned by the master in auth-replies. Please see the tutorial on how to configure this properly Multimaster-PKI with Failover Tutorial

New in version 2014.7.0.

verify_master_pubkey_sign: True

If this is set to True, master_sign_pubkey must be also set to True in the master configuration file.

master_sign_key_name

Default: master_sign

The filename without the .pub suffix of the public key that should be used for verifying the signature from the master. The file must be located in the minion's pki directory.

New in version 2014.7.0.

master_sign_key_name: <filename_without_suffix>

autosign_grains

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: not defined

The grains that should be sent to the master on authentication to decide if the minion's key should be accepted automatically.

Please see the Autoaccept Minions from Grains documentation for more information.

autosign_grains:
  - uuid
  - server_id

always_verify_signature

Default: False

If verify_master_pubkey_sign is enabled, the signature is only verified if the public-key of the master changes. If the signature should always be verified, this can be set to True.

New in version 2014.7.0.

always_verify_signature: True

cmd_blacklist_glob

Default: []

If cmd_blacklist_glob is enabled then any shell command called over remote execution or via salt-call will be checked against the glob matches found in the cmd_blacklist_glob list and any matched shell command will be blocked.

NOTE:

This blacklist is only applied to direct executions made by the salt and salt-call commands. This does NOT blacklist commands called from states or shell commands executed from other modules.

New in version 2016.11.0.

cmd_blacklist_glob:
  - 'rm * '
  - 'cat /etc/* '

cmd_whitelist_glob

Default: []

If cmd_whitelist_glob is enabled then any shell command called over remote execution or via salt-call will be checked against the glob matches found in the cmd_whitelist_glob list and any shell command NOT found in the list will be blocked. If cmd_whitelist_glob is NOT SET, then all shell commands are permitted.

NOTE:

This whitelist is only applied to direct executions made by the salt and salt-call commands. This does NOT restrict commands called from states or shell commands executed from other modules.

New in version 2016.11.0.

cmd_whitelist_glob:
  - 'ls * '
  - 'cat /etc/fstab'

ssl

New in version 2016.11.0.

Default: None

TLS/SSL connection options. This could be set to a dictionary containing arguments corresponding to python ssl.wrap_socket method. For details see Tornado and Python documentation.

Note: to set enum arguments values like cert_reqs and ssl_version use constant names without ssl module prefix: CERT_REQUIRED or PROTOCOL_SSLv23.

ssl:
    keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
    certfile: <path_to_certfile>
    ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2

Reactor Settings

reactor

Default: []

Defines a salt reactor. See the Reactor documentation for more information.

reactor: []

reactor_refresh_interval

Default: 60

The TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.

reactor_refresh_interval: 60

reactor_worker_threads

Default: 10

The number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.

reactor_worker_threads: 10

reactor_worker_hwm

Default: 10000

The queue size for workers in the reactor.

reactor_worker_hwm: 10000

Thread Settings

multiprocessing

Default: True

If multiprocessing is enabled when a minion receives a publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein. Conversely, if multiprocessing is disabled the new publication will be run executed in a thread.

multiprocessing: True

process_count_max

New in version 2018.3.0.

Default: -1

Limit the maximum amount of processes or threads created by salt-minion. This is useful to avoid resource exhaustion in case the minion receives more publications than it is able to handle, as it limits the number of spawned processes or threads. -1 is the default and disables the limit.

process_count_max: -1

Minion Logging Settings

log_file

Default: /var/log/salt/minion

The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location.  See also log_file.

Examples:

log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: udp://loghost:10514

log_level

Default: warning

The level of messages to send to the console. See also log_level.

log_level: warning

log_level_logfile

Default: warning

The level of messages to send to the log file. See also log_level_logfile. When it is not set explicitly it will inherit the level set by log_level option.

log_level_logfile: warning

log_datefmt

Default: %H:%M:%S

The date and time format used in console log messages. See also log_datefmt.

log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'

log_datefmt_logfile

Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S

The date and time format used in log file messages. See also log_datefmt_logfile.

log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'

log_fmt_console

Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s

The format of the console logging messages. See also log_fmt_console.

NOTE:

Log colors are enabled in log_fmt_console rather than the color config since the logging system is loaded before the minion config.

Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:

%(colorlevel)s %(colorname)s %(colorprocess)s %(colormsg)s

Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as well.  Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.

log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

log_fmt_logfile

Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s

The format of the log file logging messages. See also log_fmt_logfile.

log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

log_granular_levels

Default: {}

This can be used to control logging levels more specifically. See also log_granular_levels.

log_rotate_max_bytes

Default:  0

The maximum number of bytes a single log file may contain before it is rotated. A value of 0 disables this feature. Currently only supported on Windows. On other platforms, use an external tool such as 'logrotate' to manage log files. log_rotate_max_bytes

log_rotate_backup_count

Default:  0

The number of backup files to keep when rotating log files. Only used if log_rotate_max_bytes is greater than 0. Currently only supported on Windows. On other platforms, use an external tool such as 'logrotate' to manage log files. log_rotate_backup_count

zmq_monitor

Default: False

To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ supports the use of monitor sockets to log connection events. This feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.

To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a debug level or higher.

A sample log event is as follows:

[DEBUG   ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}

All events logged will include the string ZeroMQ event. A connection event should be logged as the minion starts up and initially connects to the master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of ZeroMQ is installed.

tcp_authentication_retries

Default: 5

The number of times to retry authenticating with the salt master when it comes back online.

Zeromq does a lot to make sure when connections come back online that they reauthenticate. The tcp transport should try to connect with a new connection if the old one times out on reauthenticating.

-1 for infinite tries.

failhard

Default: False

Set the global failhard flag. This informs all states to stop running states at the moment a single state fails

failhard: False

Include Configuration

Configuration can be loaded from multiple files. The order in which this is done is:

  1. The minion config file itself
  2. The files matching the glob in default_include
  3. The files matching the glob in include (if defined)

Each successive step overrides any values defined in the previous steps. Therefore, any config options defined in one of the default_include files would override the same value in the minion config file, and any options defined in include would override both.

default_include

Default: minion.d/*.conf

The minion can include configuration from other files. Per default the minion will automatically include all config files from minion.d/*.conf where minion.d is relative to the directory of the minion configuration file.

NOTE:

Salt creates files in the minion.d directory for its own use. These files are prefixed with an underscore. A common example of this is the _schedule.conf file.

include

Default: not defined

The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this, pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory the main minion configuration file lives in. Paths can make use of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this option then the minion will log a warning message.

# Include files from a minion.d directory in the same
# directory as the minion config file
include: minion.d/*.conf

# Include a single extra file into the configuration
include: /etc/roles/webserver

# Include several files and the minion.d directory
include:
  - extra_config
  - minion.d/*
  - /etc/roles/webserver

Keepalive Settings

tcp_keepalive

Default: True

The tcp keepalive interval to set on TCP ports. This setting can be used to tune Salt connectivity issues in messy network environments with misbehaving firewalls.

tcp_keepalive: True

tcp_keepalive_cnt

Default: -1

Sets the ZeroMQ TCP keepalive count. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.

tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1

tcp_keepalive_idle

Default: 300

Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive idle. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.

tcp_keepalive_idle: 300

tcp_keepalive_intvl

Default: -1

Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive interval. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.

tcp_keepalive_intvl': -1

Frozen Build Update Settings

These options control how salt.modules.saltutil.update() works with esky frozen apps. For more information look at https://github.com/cloudmatrix/esky/.

update_url

Default: False (Update feature is disabled)

The url to use when looking for application updates. Esky depends on directory listings to search for new versions. A webserver running on your Master is a good starting point for most setups.

update_url: 'http://salt.example.com/minion-updates'

update_restart_services

Default: [] (service restarting on update is disabled)

A list of services to restart when the minion software is updated. This would typically just be a list containing the minion's service name, but you may have other services that need to go with it.

update_restart_services: ['salt-minion']

winrepo_cache_expire_min

New in version 2016.11.0.

Default: 1800

If set to a nonzero integer, then passing refresh=True to functions in the windows pkg module will not refresh the windows repo metadata if the age of the metadata is less than this value. The exception to this is pkg.refresh_db, which will always refresh the metadata, regardless of age.

winrepo_cache_expire_min: 1800

winrepo_cache_expire_max

New in version 2016.11.0.

Default: 21600

If the windows repo metadata is older than this value, and the metadata is needed by a function in the windows pkg module, the metadata will be refreshed.

winrepo_cache_expire_max: 86400

Minion Windows Software Repo Settings

IMPORTANT:

To use these config options, the minion can be running in master-minion or masterless mode.

winrepo_source_dir

Default: salt://win/repo-ng/

The source location for the winrepo sls files.

winrepo_source_dir: salt://win/repo-ng/

Standalone Minion Windows Software Repo Settings

IMPORTANT:

To use these config options, the minion must be running in masterless mode (set file_client to local).

winrepo_dir

Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo to winrepo_dir. Also, this option did not have a default value until this version.

Default: C:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo

Location on the minion where the winrepo_remotes are checked out.

winrepo_dir: 'D:\winrepo'

winrepo_dir_ng

New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.

Default: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng

Location on the minion where the winrepo_remotes_ng are checked out for 2015.8.0 and later minions.

winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng

winrepo_cachefile

Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo_cachefile to winrepo_cachefile. Also, this option did not have a default value until this version.

Default: winrepo.p

Path relative to winrepo_dir where the winrepo cache should be created.

winrepo_cachefile: winrepo.p

winrepo_remotes

Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_gitrepos to winrepo_remotes. Also, this option did not have a default value until this version.

New in version 2015.8.0.

Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git']

List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo

winrepo_remotes:
  - https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git

To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the repository:

winrepo_remotes:
  - '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'

Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is introduced in the latest revision of the repo.

winrepo_remotes_ng

New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.

Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git']

List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for 2015.8.0 and later minions.

winrepo_remotes_ng:
  - https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git

To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the repository:

winrepo_remotes_ng:
  - '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'

Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is introduced in the latest revision of the repo.

ssh_merge_pillar

New in version 2018.3.2.

Default: True

Merges the compiled pillar data with the pillar data already available globally. This is useful when using salt-ssh or salt-call --local and overriding the pillar data in a state file:

apply_showpillar:
  module.run:
    - name: state.apply
    - mods:
      - showpillar
    - kwargs:
          pillar:
              test: "foo bar"

If set to True the showpillar state will have access to the global pillar data.

If set to False only the overriding pillar data will be available to the showpillar state.

Configuring the Salt Proxy Minion

The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure. The two components of the Salt system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the master configuration file, and the salt-proxy is configured via the proxy configuration file.

SEE ALSO:

example proxy minion configuration file

The Salt Minion configuration is very simple. Typically, the only value that needs to be set is the master value so the proxy knows where to locate its master.

By default, the salt-proxy configuration will be in /etc/salt/proxy. A notable exception is FreeBSD, where the configuration will be in /usr/local/etc/salt/proxy.

Proxy-specific Configuration Options

add_proxymodule_to_opts

New in version 2015.8.2.

Changed in version 2016.3.0.

Default: False

Add the proxymodule LazyLoader object to opts.

add_proxymodule_to_opts: True

proxy_merge_grains_in_module

New in version 2016.3.0.

Changed in version 2017.7.0.

Default: True

If a proxymodule has a function called grains, then call it during regular grains loading and merge the results with the proxy's grains dictionary.  Otherwise it is assumed that the module calls the grains function in a custom way and returns the data elsewhere.

proxy_merge_grains_in_module: False

proxy_keep_alive

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: True

Whether the connection with the remote device should be restarted when dead. The proxy module must implement the alive function, otherwise the connection is considered alive.

proxy_keep_alive: False

proxy_keep_alive_interval

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: 1

The frequency of keepalive checks, in minutes. It requires the proxy_keep_alive option to be enabled (and the proxy module to implement the alive function).

proxy_keep_alive_interval: 5

proxy_always_alive

New in version 2017.7.0.

Default: True

Whether the proxy should maintain the connection with the remote device. Similarly to proxy_keep_alive, this option is very specific to the design of the proxy module. When proxy_always_alive is set to False, the connection with the remote device is not maintained and has to be closed after every command.

proxy_always_alive: False

proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts

New in version 2017.7.3.

Default: False.

Whether the pillar data to be merged into the proxy configuration options. As multiple proxies can run on the same server, we may need different configuration options for each, while there's one single configuration file. The solution is merging the pillar data of each proxy minion into the opts.

proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts: True

proxy_deep_merge_pillar_in_opts

New in version 2017.7.3.

Default: False.

Deep merge of pillar data into configuration opts. This option is evaluated only when proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts is enabled.

proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts_strategy

New in version 2017.7.3.

Default: smart.

The strategy used when merging pillar configuration into opts. This option is evaluated only when proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts is enabled.

proxy_mines_pillar

New in version 2017.7.3.

Default: True.

Allow enabling mine details using pillar data. This evaluates the mine configuration under the pillar, for the following regular minion options that are also equally available on the proxy minion: mine_interval, and mine_functions.

Configuration file examples

  • Example master configuration file
  • Example minion configuration file
  • Example proxy minion configuration file

Example master configuration file

##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of the Salt Master.
# Values that are commented out but have an empty line after the comment are
# defaults that do not need to be set in the config. If there is no blank line
# after the comment then the value is presented as an example and is not the
# default.

# Per default, the master will automatically include all config files
# from master.d/*.conf (master.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main master config file).
#default_include: master.d/*.conf

# The address of the interface to bind to:
#interface: 0.0.0.0

# Whether the master should listen for IPv6 connections. If this is set to True,
# the interface option must be adjusted, too. (For example: "interface: '::'")
#ipv6: False

# The tcp port used by the publisher:
#publish_port: 4505

# The user under which the salt master will run. Salt will update all
# permissions to allow the specified user to run the master. The exception is
# the job cache, which must be deleted if this user is changed. If the
# modified files cause conflicts, set verify_env to False.
#user: root

# Tell the master to also use salt-ssh when running commands against minions.
#enable_ssh_minions: False

# The port used by the communication interface. The ret (return) port is the
# interface used for the file server, authentication, job returns, etc.
#ret_port: 4506

# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file:
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-master.pid

# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir,
# sock_dir, log_file, autosign_file, autoreject_file, extension_modules,
# key_logfile, pidfile, autosign_grains_dir:
#root_dir: /

# The path to the master's configuration file.
#conf_file: /etc/salt/master

# Directory used to store public key data:
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master

# Key cache. Increases master speed for large numbers of accepted
# keys. Available options: 'sched'. (Updates on a fixed schedule.)
# Note that enabling this feature means that minions will not be
# available to target for up to the length of the maintanence loop
# which by default is 60s.
#key_cache: ''

# Directory to store job and cache data:
# This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master

# Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for
# each of Salt's module types such as "runners", "output", "wheel", "modules",
# "states", "returners", "engines", "utils", etc.
#extension_modules: /var/cache/salt/master/extmods

# Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for
# each of Salt's module types such as "runners", "output", "wheel", "modules",
# "states", "returners", "engines", "utils", etc.
# Like 'extension_modules' but can take an array of paths
#module_dirs: []

# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup:
#verify_env: True

# Set the number of hours to keep old job information in the job cache:
#keep_jobs: 24

# The number of seconds to wait when the client is requesting information
# about running jobs.
#gather_job_timeout: 10

# Set the default timeout for the salt command and api. The default is 5
# seconds.
#timeout: 5

# The loop_interval option controls the seconds for the master's maintenance
# process check cycle. This process updates file server backends, cleans the
# job cache and executes the scheduler.
#loop_interval: 60

# Set the default outputter used by the salt command. The default is "nested".
#output: nested

# To set a list of additional directories to search for salt outputters, set the
# outputter_dirs option.
#outputter_dirs: []

# Set the default output file used by the salt command. Default is to output
# to the CLI and not to a file. Functions the same way as the "--out-file"
# CLI option, only sets this to a single file for all salt commands.
#output_file: None

# Return minions that timeout when running commands like test.ping
#show_timeout: True

# Tell the client to display the jid when a job is published.
#show_jid: False

# By default, output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True

# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False

# To display a summary of the number of minions targeted, the number of
# minions returned, and the number of minions that did not return, set the
# cli_summary value to True. (False by default.)
#
#cli_summary: False

# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets:
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master

# The master can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used
# to populate the grains for the master. Enable if you want to see GPU hardware
# data for your master.
# enable_gpu_grains: False

# The master maintains a job cache. While this is a great addition, it can be
# a burden on the master for larger deployments (over 5000 minions).
# Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to
# the jobs system and is not generally recommended.
#job_cache: True

# Cache minion grains, pillar and mine data via the cache subsystem in the
# cachedir or a database.
#minion_data_cache: True

# Cache subsystem module to use for minion data cache.
#cache: localfs
# Enables a fast in-memory cache booster and sets the expiration time.
#memcache_expire_seconds: 0
# Set a memcache limit in items (bank + key) per cache storage (driver + driver_opts).
#memcache_max_items: 1024
# Each time a cache storage got full cleanup all the expired items not just the oldest one.
#memcache_full_cleanup: False
# Enable collecting the memcache stats and log it on `debug` log level.
#memcache_debug: False

# Store all returns in the given returner.
# Setting this option requires that any returner-specific configuration also
# be set. See various returners in salt/returners for details on required
# configuration values. (See also, event_return_queue, and event_return_queue_max_seconds below.)
#
#event_return: mysql

# On busy systems, enabling event_returns can cause a considerable load on
# the storage system for returners. Events can be queued on the master and
# stored in a batched fashion using a single transaction for multiple events.
# By default, events are not queued.
#event_return_queue: 0

# In some cases enabling event return queueing can be very helpful, but the bus
# may not busy enough to flush the queue consistently.  Setting this to a reasonable
# value (1-30 seconds) will cause the queue to be flushed when the oldest event is older
# than `event_return_queue_max_seconds` regardless of how many events are in the queue.
#event_return_queue_max_seconds: 0

# Only return events matching tags in a whitelist, supports glob matches.
#event_return_whitelist:
#  - salt/master/a_tag
#  - salt/run/*/ret

# Store all event returns **except** the tags in a blacklist, supports globs.
#event_return_blacklist:
#  - salt/master/not_this_tag
#  - salt/wheel/*/ret

# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# master event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576

# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications. Set ipc_mode to 'tcp' on such systems
#ipc_mode: ipc

# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when ipc_mode is set to 'tcp'
#tcp_master_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_master_pull_port: 4511

# By default, the master AES key rotates every 24 hours. The next command
# following a key rotation will trigger a key refresh from the minion which may
# result in minions which do not respond to the first command after a key refresh.
#
# To tell the master to ping all minions immediately after an AES key refresh, set
# ping_on_rotate to True. This should mitigate the issue where a minion does not
# appear to initially respond after a key is rotated.
#
# Note that ping_on_rotate may cause high load on the master immediately after
# the key rotation event as minions reconnect. Consider this carefully if this
# salt master is managing a large number of minions.
#
# If disabled, it is recommended to handle this event by listening for the
# 'aes_key_rotate' event with the 'key' tag and acting appropriately.
# ping_on_rotate: False

# By default, the master deletes its cache of minion data when the key for that
# minion is removed. To preserve the cache after key deletion, set
# 'preserve_minion_cache' to True.
#
# WARNING: This may have security implications if compromised minions auth with
# a previous deleted minion ID.
#preserve_minion_cache: False

# Allow or deny minions from requesting their own key revocation
#allow_minion_key_revoke: True

# If max_minions is used in large installations, the master might experience
# high-load situations because of having to check the number of connected
# minions for every authentication. This cache provides the minion-ids of
# all connected minions to all MWorker-processes and greatly improves the
# performance of max_minions.
# con_cache: False

# The master can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main master configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option, then the master will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
# include:
#   - /etc/salt/extra_config


#####  Large-scale tuning settings   #####
##########################################
# Max open files
#
# Each minion connecting to the master uses AT LEAST one file descriptor, the
# master subscription connection. If enough minions connect you might start
# seeing on the console (and then salt-master crashes):
#   Too many open files (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
#   Aborted (core dumped)
#
# By default this value will be the one of `ulimit -Hn`, ie, the hard limit for
# max open files.
#
# If you wish to set a different value than the default one, uncomment and
# configure this setting. Remember that this value CANNOT be higher than the
# hard limit. Raising the hard limit depends on your OS and/or distribution,
# a good way to find the limit is to search the internet. For example:
#   raise max open files hard limit debian
#
#max_open_files: 100000

# The number of worker threads to start. These threads are used to manage
# return calls made from minions to the master. If the master seems to be
# running slowly, increase the number of threads. This setting can not be
# set lower than 3.
#worker_threads: 5

# Set the ZeroMQ high water marks
# http://api.zeromq.org/3-2:zmq-setsockopt

# The listen queue size / backlog
#zmq_backlog: 1000

# The publisher interface ZeroMQPubServerChannel
#pub_hwm: 1000

# The master may allocate memory per-event and not
# reclaim it.
# To set a high-water mark for memory allocation, use
# ipc_write_buffer to set a high-water mark for message
# buffering.
# Value: In bytes. Set to 'dynamic' to have Salt select
# a value for you. Default is disabled.
# ipc_write_buffer: 'dynamic'

# These two batch settings, batch_safe_limit and batch_safe_size, are used to
# automatically switch to a batch mode execution. If a command would have been
# sent to more than <batch_safe_limit> minions, then run the command in
# batches of <batch_safe_size>. If no batch_safe_size is specified, a default
# of 8 will be used. If no batch_safe_limit is specified, then no automatic
# batching will occur.
#batch_safe_limit: 100
#batch_safe_size: 8

# Master stats enables stats events to be fired from the master at close
# to the defined interval
#master_stats: False
#master_stats_event_iter: 60


#####        Security settings       #####
##########################################
# Enable passphrase protection of Master private key.  Although a string value
# is acceptable; passwords should be stored in an external vaulting mechanism
# and retrieved via sdb. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/sdb/.
# Passphrase protection is off by default but an example of an sdb profile and
# query is as follows.
# masterkeyring:
#  driver: keyring
#  service: system
#
# key_pass: sdb://masterkeyring/key_pass

# Enable passphrase protection of the Master signing_key. This only applies if
# master_sign_pubkey is set to True.  This is disabled by default.
# master_sign_pubkey: True
# signing_key_pass: sdb://masterkeyring/signing_pass

# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False

# Enable auto_accept, this setting will automatically accept all incoming
# public keys from the minions. Note that this is insecure.
#auto_accept: False

# The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
#keysize: 2048

# Time in minutes that an incoming public key with a matching name found in
# pki_dir/minion_autosign/keyid is automatically accepted. Expired autosign keys
# are removed when the master checks the minion_autosign directory.
# 0 equals no timeout
# autosign_timeout: 120

# If the autosign_file is specified, incoming keys specified in the
# autosign_file will be automatically accepted. This is insecure.  Regular
# expressions as well as globing lines are supported. The file must be readonly
# except for the owner. Use permissive_pki_access to allow the group write access.
#autosign_file: /etc/salt/autosign.conf

# Works like autosign_file, but instead allows you to specify minion IDs for
# which keys will automatically be rejected. Will override both membership in
# the autosign_file and the auto_accept setting.
#autoreject_file: /etc/salt/autoreject.conf

# If the autosign_grains_dir is specified, incoming keys from minions with grain
# values matching those defined in files in this directory will be accepted
# automatically. This is insecure. Minions need to be configured to send the grains.
#autosign_grains_dir: /etc/salt/autosign_grains

# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure. If an autosign_file
# is specified, enabling permissive_pki_access will allow group access to that
# specific file.
#permissive_pki_access: False

# Allow users on the master access to execute specific commands on minions.
# This setting should be treated with care since it opens up execution
# capabilities to non root users. By default this capability is completely
# disabled.
#publisher_acl:
#  larry:
#    - test.ping
#    - network.*
#
# Blacklist any of the following users or modules
#
# This example would blacklist all non sudo users, including root from
# running any commands. It would also blacklist any use of the "cmd"
# module. This is completely disabled by default.
#
#
# Check the list of configured users in client ACL against users on the
# system and throw errors if they do not exist.
#client_acl_verify: True
#
#publisher_acl_blacklist:
#  users:
#    - root
#    - '^(?!sudo_).*$'   #  all non sudo users
#  modules:
#    - cmd

# Enforce publisher_acl & publisher_acl_blacklist when users have sudo
# access to the salt command.
#
#sudo_acl: False

# The external auth system uses the Salt auth modules to authenticate and
# validate users to access areas of the Salt system.
#external_auth:
#  pam:
#    fred:
#      - test.*
#
# Time (in seconds) for a newly generated token to live. Default: 12 hours
#token_expire: 43200
#
# Allow eauth users to specify the expiry time of the tokens they generate.
# A boolean applies to all users or a dictionary of whitelisted eauth backends
# and usernames may be given.
# token_expire_user_override:
#   pam:
#     - fred
#     - tom
#   ldap:
#     - gary
#
#token_expire_user_override: False

# Set to True to enable keeping the calculated user's auth list in the token
# file. This is disabled by default and the auth list is calculated or requested
# from the eauth driver each time.
#keep_acl_in_token: False

# Auth subsystem module to use to get authorized access list for a user. By default it's
# the same module used for external authentication.
#eauth_acl_module: django

# Allow minions to push files to the master. This is disabled by default, for
# security purposes.
#file_recv: False

# Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master.
# It will be interpreted as megabytes. Default: 100
#file_recv_max_size: 100

# Signature verification on messages published from the master.
# This causes the master to cryptographically sign all messages published to its event
# bus, and minions then verify that signature before acting on the message.
#
# This is False by default.
#
# Note that to facilitate interoperability with masters and minions that are different
# versions, if sign_pub_messages is True but a message is received by a minion with
# no signature, it will still be accepted, and a warning message will be logged.
# Conversely, if sign_pub_messages is False, but a minion receives a signed
# message it will be accepted, the signature will not be checked, and a warning message
# will be logged. This behavior went away in Salt 2014.1.0 and these two situations
# will cause minion to throw an exception and drop the message.
# sign_pub_messages: False

# Signature verification on messages published from minions
# This requires that minions cryptographically sign the messages they
# publish to the master.  If minions are not signing, then log this information
# at loglevel 'INFO' and drop the message without acting on it.
# require_minion_sign_messages: False

# The below will drop messages when their signatures do not validate.
# Note that when this option is False but `require_minion_sign_messages` is True
# minions MUST sign their messages but the validity of their signatures
# is ignored.
# These two config options exist so a Salt infrastructure can be moved
# to signing minion messages gradually.
# drop_messages_signature_fail: False

# Use TLS/SSL encrypted connection between master and minion.
# Can be set to a dictionary containing keyword arguments corresponding to Python's
# 'ssl.wrap_socket' method.
# Default is None.
#ssl:
#    keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
#    certfile: <path_to_certfile>
#    ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2

#####     Salt-SSH Configuration     #####
##########################################
# Define the default salt-ssh roster module to use
#roster: flat

# Pass in an alternative location for the salt-ssh `flat` roster file
#roster_file: /etc/salt/roster

# Define locations for `flat` roster files so they can be chosen when using Salt API.
# An administrator can place roster files into these locations. Then when
# calling Salt API, parameter 'roster_file' should contain a relative path to
# these locations. That is, "roster_file=/foo/roster" will be resolved as
# "/etc/salt/roster.d/foo/roster" etc. This feature prevents passing insecure
# custom rosters through the Salt API.
#
#rosters:
# - /etc/salt/roster.d
# - /opt/salt/some/more/rosters

# The ssh password to log in with.
#ssh_passwd: ''

#The target system's ssh port number.
#ssh_port: 22

# Comma-separated list of ports to scan.
#ssh_scan_ports: 22

# Scanning socket timeout for salt-ssh.
#ssh_scan_timeout: 0.01

# Boolean to run command via sudo.
#ssh_sudo: False

# Boolean to run ssh_pre_flight script defined in roster. By default
# the script will only run if the thin_dir does not exist on the targeted
# minion. This forces the script to run regardless of the thin dir existing
# or not.
#ssh_run_pre_flight: True

# Number of seconds to wait for a response when establishing an SSH connection.
#ssh_timeout: 60

# The user to log in as.
#ssh_user: root

# The log file of the salt-ssh command:
#ssh_log_file: /var/log/salt/ssh

# Pass in minion option overrides that will be inserted into the SHIM for
# salt-ssh calls. The local minion config is not used for salt-ssh. Can be
# overridden on a per-minion basis in the roster (`minion_opts`)
#ssh_minion_opts:
#  gpg_keydir: /root/gpg

# Set this to True to default to using ~/.ssh/id_rsa for salt-ssh
# authentication with minions
#ssh_use_home_key: False

# Set this to True to default salt-ssh to run with ``-o IdentitiesOnly=yes``.
# This option is intended for situations where the ssh-agent offers many
# different identities and allows ssh to ignore those identities and use the
# only one specified in options.
#ssh_identities_only: False

# List-only nodegroups for salt-ssh. Each group must be formed as either a
# comma-separated list, or a YAML list. This option is useful to group minions
# into easy-to-target groups when using salt-ssh. These groups can then be
# targeted with the normal -N argument to salt-ssh.
#ssh_list_nodegroups: {}

# salt-ssh has the ability to update the flat roster file if a minion is not
# found in the roster.  Set this to True to enable it.
#ssh_update_roster: False

#####    Master Module Management    #####
##########################################
# Manage how master side modules are loaded.

# Add any additional locations to look for master runners:
#runner_dirs: []

# Add any additional locations to look for master utils:
#utils_dirs: []

# Enable Cython for master side modules:
#cython_enable: False


#####      State System settings     #####
##########################################
# The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to
# use and what modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the
# root of the base environment as defined in "File Server settings" below.
#state_top: top.sls

# The master_tops option replaces the external_nodes option by creating
# a plugable system for the generation of external top data. The external_nodes
# option is deprecated by the master_tops option.
#
# To gain the capabilities of the classic external_nodes system, use the
# following configuration:
# master_tops:
#   ext_nodes: <Shell command which returns yaml>
#
#master_tops: {}

# The renderer to use on the minions to render the state data
#renderer: jinja|yaml

# Default Jinja environment options for all templates except sls templates
#jinja_env:
#  block_start_string: '{%'
#  block_end_string: '%}'
#  variable_start_string: '{{'
#  variable_end_string: '}}'
#  comment_start_string: '{#'
#  comment_end_string: '#}'
#  line_statement_prefix:
#  line_comment_prefix:
#  trim_blocks: False
#  lstrip_blocks: False
#  newline_sequence: '\n'
#  keep_trailing_newline: False

# Jinja environment options for sls templates
#jinja_sls_env:
#  block_start_string: '{%'
#  block_end_string: '%}'
#  variable_start_string: '{{'
#  variable_end_string: '}}'
#  comment_start_string: '{#'
#  comment_end_string: '#}'
#  line_statement_prefix:
#  line_comment_prefix:
#  trim_blocks: False
#  lstrip_blocks: False
#  newline_sequence: '\n'
#  keep_trailing_newline: False

# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution, defaults to False
#failhard: False

# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True

# The state_output setting controls which results will be output full multi line
# full, terse - each state will be full/terse
# mixed - only states with errors will be full
# changes - states with changes and errors will be full
# full_id, mixed_id, changes_id and terse_id are also allowed;
# when set, the state ID will be used as name in the output
#state_output: full

# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False

# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to 'True'. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
#   - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False

# Send progress events as each function in a state run completes execution
# by setting to 'True'. Progress events are in the format
# 'salt/job/<JID>/prog/<MID>/<RUN NUM>'.
#state_events: False

#####      File Server settings      #####
##########################################
# Salt runs a lightweight file server written in zeromq to deliver files to
# minions. This file server is built into the master daemon and does not
# require a dedicated port.

# The file server works on environments passed to the master, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
#   base:
#     - /srv/salt/
#   dev:
#     - /srv/salt/dev/services
#     - /srv/salt/dev/states
#   prod:
#     - /srv/salt/prod/services
#     - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/salt
#

# The master_roots setting configures a master-only copy of the file_roots dictionary,
# used by the state compiler.
#master_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/salt-master

# When using multiple environments, each with their own top file, the
# default behaviour is an unordered merge. To prevent top files from
# being merged together and instead to only use the top file from the
# requested environment, set this value to 'same'.
#top_file_merging_strategy: merge

# To specify the order in which environments are merged, set the ordering
# in the env_order option. Given a conflict, the last matching value will
# win.
#env_order: ['base', 'dev', 'prod']

# If top_file_merging_strategy is set to 'same' and an environment does not
# contain a top file, the top file in the environment specified by default_top
# will be used instead.
#default_top: base

# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on
# the master server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384 and
# sha512 are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use them due to the
# high chance of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Prior to changing this value, the master should be stopped and all Salt
# caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256

# The buffer size in the file server can be adjusted here:
#file_buffer_size: 1048576

# A regular expression (or a list of expressions) that will be matched
# against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions.
# This includes files affected by the file.recurse state.
# For example, if you manage your custom modules and states in subversion
# and don't want all the '.svn' folders and content synced to your minions,
# you could set this to '/\.svn($|/)'. By default nothing is ignored.
#file_ignore_regex:
#  - '/\.svn($|/)'
#  - '/\.git($|/)'

# A file glob (or list of file globs) that will be matched against the file
# path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This is similar
# to file_ignore_regex above, but works on globs instead of regex. By default
# nothing is ignored.
# file_ignore_glob:
#  - '*.pyc'
#  - '*/somefolder/*.bak'
#  - '*.swp'

# File Server Backend
#
# Salt supports a modular fileserver backend system, this system allows
# the salt master to link directly to third party systems to gather and
# manage the files available to minions. Multiple backends can be
# configured and will be searched for the requested file in the order in which
# they are defined here. The default setting only enables the standard backend
# "roots" which uses the "file_roots" option.
#fileserver_backend:
#  - roots
#
# To use multiple backends list them in the order they are searched:
#fileserver_backend:
#  - git
#  - roots
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want the file_server to follow
# symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. This is set to True
# by default. Currently this only applies to the default roots
# fileserver_backend.
#fileserver_followsymlinks: False
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want symlinks to be
# treated as the files they are pointing to. By default this is set to
# False. By uncommenting the line below, any detected symlink while listing
# files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
#fileserver_ignoresymlinks: True
#
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is impacted. Default is False.
# fileserver_limit_traversal: False
#
# The fileserver can fire events off every time the fileserver is updated,
# these are disabled by default, but can be easily turned on by setting this
# flag to True
#fileserver_events: False

# Git File Server Backend Configuration
#
# Optional parameter used to specify the provider to be used for gitfs. Must be
# either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried (in that
# order), and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the
# provider that is used.
#
#gitfs_provider: pygit2

# Along with gitfs_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# gitfs_user: ''

# Along with gitfs_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.
#gitfs_password: ''

# By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote.
# This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
#gitfs_insecure_auth: False

# Along with gitfs_privkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to
# authenticate to SSH remotes. This parameter (or its per-remote counterpart)
# is required for SSH remotes.
#gitfs_pubkey: ''

# Along with gitfs_pubkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to
# authenticate to SSH remotes. This parameter (or its per-remote counterpart)
# is required for SSH remotes.
#gitfs_privkey: ''

# This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to
# authenticate is protected by a passphrase.
#gitfs_passphrase: ''

# When using the git fileserver backend at least one git remote needs to be
# defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.
#
# The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client
# and the first repo to have the file will return it.
# When using the git backend branches and tags are translated into salt
# environments.
# Note: file:// repos will be treated as a remote, so refs you want used must
# exist in that repo as *local* refs.
#gitfs_remotes:
#  - git://github.com/saltstack/salt-states.git
#  - file:///var/git/saltmaster
#
# The gitfs_ssl_verify option specifies whether to ignore ssl certificate
# errors when contacting the gitfs backend. You might want to set this to
# false if you're using a git backend that uses a self-signed certificate but
# keep in mind that setting this flag to anything other than the default of True
# is a security concern, you may want to try using the ssh transport.
#gitfs_ssl_verify: True
#
# The gitfs_root option gives the ability to serve files from a subdirectory
# within the repository. The path is defined relative to the root of the
# repository and defaults to the repository root.
#gitfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
#
# The refspecs fetched by gitfs remotes
#gitfs_refspecs:
#  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
#  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
#
#
#####         Pillar settings        #####
##########################################
# Salt Pillars allow for the building of global data that can be made selectively
# available to different minions based on minion grain filtering. The Salt
# Pillar is laid out in the same fashion as the file server, with environments,
# a top file and sls files. However, pillar data does not need to be in the
# highstate format, and is generally just key/value pairs.
#pillar_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/pillar
#
#ext_pillar:
#  - hiera: /etc/hiera.yaml
#  - cmd_yaml: cat /etc/salt/yaml


# A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
# Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a
# key/value pair, with the key being the pillar location, and the value being
# the renderer to use for pillar decryption. If the former is used, the
# renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will be used.
#decrypt_pillar:
#  - 'foo:bar': gpg
#  - 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'

# The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the
# decrypt_pillar option.
#decrypt_pillar_delimiter: ':'

# The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given
# pillar key in decrypt_pillar.
#decrypt_pillar_default: gpg

# List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
#decrypt_pillar_renderers:
#  - gpg

# The ext_pillar_first option allows for external pillar sources to populate
# before file system pillar. This allows for targeting file system pillar from
# ext_pillar.
#ext_pillar_first: False

# The external pillars permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext
#on_demand_ext_pillar:
#  - libvirt
#  - virtkey

# The pillar_gitfs_ssl_verify option specifies whether to ignore ssl certificate
# errors when contacting the pillar gitfs backend. You might want to set this to
# false if you're using a git backend that uses a self-signed certificate but
# keep in mind that setting this flag to anything other than the default of True
# is a security concern, you may want to try using the ssh transport.
#pillar_gitfs_ssl_verify: True

# The pillar_opts option adds the master configuration file data to a dict in
# the pillar called "master". This is used to set simple configurations in the
# master config file that can then be used on minions.
#pillar_opts: False

# The pillar_safe_render_error option prevents the master from passing pillar
# render errors to the minion. This is set on by default because the error could
# contain templating data which would give that minion information it shouldn't
# have, like a password! When set true the error message will only show:
#   Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
#pillar_safe_render_error: True

# The pillar_source_merging_strategy option allows you to configure merging strategy
# between different sources. It accepts five values: none, recurse, aggregate, overwrite,
# or smart. None will not do any merging at all. Recurse will merge recursively mapping of data.
# Aggregate instructs aggregation of elements between sources that use the #!yamlex renderer. Overwrite
# will overwrite elements according the order in which they are processed. This is
# behavior of the 2014.1 branch and earlier. Smart guesses the best strategy based
# on the "renderer" setting and is the default value.
#pillar_source_merging_strategy: smart

# Recursively merge lists by aggregating them instead of replacing them.
#pillar_merge_lists: False

# Set this option to True to force the pillarenv to be the same as the effective
# saltenv when running states. If pillarenv is specified this option will be
# ignored.
#pillarenv_from_saltenv: False

# Set this option to 'True' to force a 'KeyError' to be raised whenever an
# attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set
# to 'False', the failed attempt returns an empty string. Default is 'False'.
#pillar_raise_on_missing: False

# Git External Pillar (git_pillar) Configuration Options
#
# Specify the provider to be used for git_pillar. Must be either pygit2 or
# gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the
# first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that
# is used.
#git_pillar_provider: pygit2

# If the desired branch matches this value, and the environment is omitted
# from the git_pillar configuration, then the environment for that git_pillar
# remote will be base.
#git_pillar_base: master

# If the branch is omitted from a git_pillar remote, then this branch will
# be used instead
#git_pillar_branch: master

# Environment to use for git_pillar remotes. This is normally derived from
# the branch/tag (or from a per-remote env parameter), but if set this will
# override the process of deriving the env from the branch/tag name.
#git_pillar_env: ''

# Path relative to the root of the repository where the git_pillar top file
# and SLS files are located.
#git_pillar_root: ''

# Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting
# the remote repository.
#git_pillar_ssl_verify: False

# When set to False, if there is an update/checkout lock for a git_pillar
# remote and the pid written to it is not running on the master, the lock
# file will be automatically cleared and a new lock will be obtained.
#git_pillar_global_lock: True

# Git External Pillar Authentication Options
#
# Along with git_pillar_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
#git_pillar_user: ''

# Along with git_pillar_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.
#git_pillar_password: ''

# By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote.
# This parameter enables authentication over HTTP.
#git_pillar_insecure_auth: False

# Along with git_pillar_privkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase),
# is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.
#git_pillar_pubkey: ''

# Along with git_pillar_pubkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase),
# is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.
#git_pillar_privkey: ''

# This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used
# to authenticate is protected by a passphrase.
#git_pillar_passphrase: ''

# The refspecs fetched by git_pillar remotes
#git_pillar_refspecs:
#  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
#  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'

# A master can cache pillars locally to bypass the expense of having to render them
# for each minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases
# where pillar rendering time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security
# concerns about storing pillars in a master cache have been addressed.
#
# When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional ``pillar_cache_*``
# configuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.
#
# Note: setting ``pillar_cache: True`` has no effect on targeting Minions with Pillars.
# See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/targeting/pillar.html
#pillar_cache: False

# If and only if a master has set ``pillar_cache: True``, the cache TTL controls the amount
# of time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh
# pillar is recompiled and stored.
#pillar_cache_ttl: 3600

# If and only if a master has set `pillar_cache: True`, one of several storage providers
# can be utilized.
#
# `disk`: The default storage backend. This caches rendered pillars to the master cache.
#         Rendered pillars are serialized and deserialized as msgpack structures for speed.
#         Note that pillars are stored UNENCRYPTED. Ensure that the master cache
#         has permissions set appropriately. (Same defaults are provided.)
#
# memory: [EXPERIMENTAL] An optional backend for pillar caches which uses a pure-Python
#         in-memory data structure for maximal performance. There are several caveats,
#         however. First, because each master worker contains its own in-memory cache,
#         there is no guarantee of cache consistency between minion requests. This
#         works best in situations where the pillar rarely if ever changes. Secondly,
#         and perhaps more importantly, this means that unencrypted pillars will
#         be accessible to any process which can examine the memory of the ``salt-master``!
#         This may represent a substantial security risk.
#
#pillar_cache_backend: disk

# A master can also cache GPG data locally to bypass the expense of having to render them
# for each minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases
# where pillar rendering time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security
# concerns about storing decrypted GPG data in a master cache have been addressed.
#
# When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional ``gpg_cache_*``
# configuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.
#gpg_cache: False

# If and only if a master has set ``gpg_cache: True``, the cache TTL controls the amount
# of time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh
# pillar is recompiled and stored.
#gpg_cache_ttl: 86400

# If and only if a master has set `gpg_cache: True`, one of several storage providers
# can be utilized. Available options are the same as ``pillar_cache_backend``.
#gpg_cache_backend: disk


######        Reactor Settings        #####
###########################################
# Define a salt reactor. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/reactor/
#reactor: []

#Set the TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
#reactor_refresh_interval: 60

#Configure the number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_threads: 10

#Define the queue size for workers in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_hwm: 10000


#####          Syndic settings       #####
##########################################
# The Salt syndic is used to pass commands through a master from a higher
# master. Using the syndic is simple. If this is a master that will have
# syndic servers(s) below it, then set the "order_masters" setting to True.
#
# If this is a master that will be running a syndic daemon for passthrough, then
# the "syndic_master" setting needs to be set to the location of the master server
# to receive commands from.

# Set the order_masters setting to True if this master will command lower
# masters' syndic interfaces.
#order_masters: False

# If this master will be running a salt syndic daemon, syndic_master tells
# this master where to receive commands from.
#syndic_master: masterofmasters

# This is the 'ret_port' of the MasterOfMaster:
#syndic_master_port: 4506

# PID file of the syndic daemon:
#syndic_pidfile: /var/run/salt-syndic.pid

# The log file of the salt-syndic daemon:
#syndic_log_file: /var/log/salt/syndic

# The behaviour of the multi-syndic when connection to a master of masters failed.
# Can specify ``random`` (default) or ``ordered``. If set to ``random``, masters
# will be iterated in random order. If ``ordered`` is specified, the configured
# order will be used.
#syndic_failover: random

# The number of seconds for the salt client to wait for additional syndics to
# check in with their lists of expected minions before giving up.
#syndic_wait: 5


#####      Peer Publish settings     #####
##########################################
# Salt minions can send commands to other minions, but only if the minion is
# allowed to. By default "Peer Publication" is disabled, and when enabled it
# is enabled for specific minions and specific commands. This allows secure
# compartmentalization of commands based on individual minions.

# The configuration uses regular expressions to match minions and then a list
# of regular expressions to match functions. The following will allow the
# minion authenticated as foo.example.com to execute functions from the test
# and pkg modules.
#peer:
#  foo.example.com:
#    - test.*
#    - pkg.*
#
# This will allow all minions to execute all commands:
#peer:
#  .*:
#    - .*
#
# This is not recommended, since it would allow anyone who gets root on any
# single minion to instantly have root on all of the minions!

# Minions can also be allowed to execute runners from the salt master.
# Since executing a runner from the minion could be considered a security risk,
# it needs to be enabled. This setting functions just like the peer setting
# except that it opens up runners instead of module functions.
#
# All peer runner support is turned off by default and must be enabled before
# using. This will enable all peer runners for all minions:
#peer_run:
#  .*:
#    - .*
#
# To enable just the manage.up runner for the minion foo.example.com:
#peer_run:
#  foo.example.com:
#    - manage.up
#
#
#####         Mine settings     #####
#####################################
# Restrict mine.get access from minions. By default any minion has a full access
# to get all mine data from master cache. In acl definion below, only pcre matches
# are allowed.
# mine_get:
#   .*:
#     - .*
#
# The example below enables minion foo.example.com to get 'network.interfaces' mine
# data only, minions web* to get all network.* and disk.* mine data and all other
# minions won't get any mine data.
# mine_get:
#   foo.example.com:
#     - network.interfaces
#   web.*:
#     - network.*
#     - disk.*


#####         Logging settings       #####
##########################################
# The location of the master log file
# The master log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/master
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514

#log_file: /var/log/salt/master
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key

# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
#log_level: warning

# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', 'info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
#log_level_logfile: warning

# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'

# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well.  Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically.  This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
#   log_granular_levels:
#     'salt': 'warning'
#     'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}


#####         Node Groups           ######
##########################################
# Node groups allow for logical groupings of minion nodes. A group consists of
# a group name and a compound target. Nodgroups can reference other nodegroups
# with 'N@' classifier. Ensure that you do not have circular references.
#
#nodegroups:
#  group1: 'L@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
#  group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
#  group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
#  group4:
#    - 'G@foo:bar'
#    - 'or'
#    - 'G@foo:baz'


#####     Range Cluster settings     #####
##########################################
# The range server (and optional port) that serves your cluster information
# https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
#
#range_server: range:80


#####  Windows Software Repo settings #####
###########################################
# Location of the repo on the master:
#winrepo_dir_ng: '/srv/salt/win/repo-ng'
#
# List of git repositories to include with the local repo:
#winrepo_remotes_ng:
#  - 'https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'


#####  Windows Software Repo settings - Pre 2015.8 #####
########################################################
# Legacy repo settings for pre-2015.8 Windows minions.
#
# Location of the repo on the master:
#winrepo_dir: '/srv/salt/win/repo'
#
# Location of the master's repo cache file:
#winrepo_mastercachefile: '/srv/salt/win/repo/winrepo.p'
#
# List of git repositories to include with the local repo:
#winrepo_remotes:
#  - 'https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'

# The refspecs fetched by winrepo remotes
#winrepo_refspecs:
#  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
#  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
#

#####      Returner settings          ######
############################################
# Which returner(s) will be used for minion's result:
#return: mysql


######    Miscellaneous  settings     ######
############################################
# Default match type for filtering events tags: startswith, endswith, find, regex, fnmatch
#event_match_type: startswith

# Save runner returns to the job cache
#runner_returns: True

# Permanently include any available Python 3rd party modules into thin and minimal Salt
# when they are generated for Salt-SSH or other purposes.
# The modules should be named by the names they are actually imported inside the Python.
# The value of the parameters can be either one module or a comma separated list of them.
#thin_extra_mods: foo,bar
#min_extra_mods: foo,bar,baz


######      Keepalive settings        ######
############################################
# Warning: Failure to set TCP keepalives on the salt-master can result in
# not detecting the loss of a minion when the connection is lost or when
# its host has been terminated without first closing the socket.
# Salt's Presence System depends on this connection status to know if a minion
# is "present".
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.

# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True

# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300

# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1

# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1


#####         NetAPI settings          #####
############################################
# Allow the raw_shell parameter to be used when calling Salt SSH client via API
#netapi_allow_raw_shell: True

Example minion configuration file

##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of the Salt Minion.
# With the exception of the location of the Salt Master Server, values that are
# commented out but have an empty line after the comment are defaults that need
# not be set in the config. If there is no blank line after the comment, the
# value is presented as an example and is not the default.

# Per default the minion will automatically include all config files
# from minion.d/*.conf (minion.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main minion config file).
#default_include: minion.d/*.conf

# Set the location of the salt master server. If the master server cannot be
# resolved, then the minion will fail to start.
#master: salt

# Set http proxy information for the minion when doing requests
#proxy_host:
#proxy_port:
#proxy_username:
#proxy_password:

# List of hosts to bypass HTTP proxy. This key does nothing unless proxy_host etc is
# configured, it does not support any kind of wildcards.
#no_proxy: []

# If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting, the default behavior
# is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master
# is set to True, the order will be randomized upon Minion startup instead. This can
# be helpful in distributing the load of many minions executing salt-call requests,
# for example, from a cron job. If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored
# and a warning will be logged.
#random_master: False

# NOTE: Deprecated in Salt 2019.2.0. Use 'random_master' instead.
#master_shuffle: False

# Minions can connect to multiple masters simultaneously (all masters
# are "hot"), or can be configured to failover if a master becomes
# unavailable.  Multiple hot masters are configured by setting this
# value to "str".  Failover masters can be requested by setting
# to "failover".  MAKE SURE TO SET master_alive_interval if you are
# using failover.
# Setting master_type to 'disable' let's you have a running minion (with engines and
# beacons) without a master connection
# master_type: str

# Poll interval in seconds for checking if the master is still there.  Only
# respected if master_type above is "failover". To disable the interval entirely,
# set the value to -1. (This may be necessary on machines which have high numbers
# of TCP connections, such as load balancers.)
# master_alive_interval: 30

# If the minion is in multi-master mode and the master_type configuration option
# is set to "failover", this setting can be set to "True" to force the minion
# to fail back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online.
#master_failback: False

# If the minion is in multi-master mode, the "master_type" configuration is set to
# "failover", and the "master_failback" option is enabled, the master failback
# interval can be set to ping the top master with this interval, in seconds.
#master_failback_interval: 0

# Set whether the minion should connect to the master via IPv6:
#ipv6: False

# Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds.
# Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.
# retry_dns: 30

# Set the number of times to attempt to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to None,
# which will attempt the resolution indefinitely.
# retry_dns_count: 3

# Set the port used by the master reply and authentication server.
#master_port: 4506

# The user to run salt.
#user: root

# The user to run salt remote execution commands as via sudo. If this option is
# enabled then sudo will be used to change the active user executing the remote
# command. If enabled the user will need to be allowed access via the sudoers
# file for the user that the salt minion is configured to run as. The most
# common option would be to use the root user. If this option is set the user
# option should also be set to a non-root user. If migrating from a root minion
# to a non root minion the minion cache should be cleared and the minion pki
# directory will need to be changed to the ownership of the new user.
#sudo_user: root

# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file.
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid

# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
# sock_dir, pidfile.
#root_dir: /

# The path to the minion's configuration file.
#conf_file: /etc/salt/minion

# The directory to store the pki information in
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion

# Explicitly declare the id for this minion to use, if left commented the id
# will be the hostname as returned by the python call: socket.getfqdn()
# Since salt uses detached ids it is possible to run multiple minions on the
# same machine but with different ids, this can be useful for salt compute
# clusters.
#id:

# Cache the minion id to a file when the minion's id is not statically defined
# in the minion config. Defaults to "True". This setting prevents potential
# problems when automatic minion id resolution changes, which can cause the
# minion to lose connection with the master. To turn off minion id caching,
# set this config to ``False``.
#minion_id_caching: True

# Append a domain to a hostname in the event that it does not exist.  This is
# useful for systems where socket.getfqdn() does not actually result in a
# FQDN (for instance, Solaris).
#append_domain:

# Custom static grains for this minion can be specified here and used in SLS
# files just like all other grains. This example sets 4 custom grains, with
# the 'roles' grain having two values that can be matched against.
#grains:
#  roles:
#    - webserver
#    - memcache
#  deployment: datacenter4
#  cabinet: 13
#  cab_u: 14-15
#
# Where cache data goes.
# This data may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion

# Append minion_id to these directories.  Helps with
# multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine.
# Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules
# Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine
# Defaults to ['cachedir'] for proxies, [] (empty list) for regular minions
#append_minionid_config_dirs:

# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
#verify_env: True

# The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this
# can be a good way to keep track of jobs the minion has executed
# (on the minion side). By default this feature is disabled, to enable, set
# cache_jobs to True.
#cache_jobs: False

# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets.
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion

# The minion can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used
# to populate the grains for the minion. Set this to False if you do not need
# GPU hardware grains for your minion.
# enable_gpu_grains: True

# Set the default outputter used by the salt-call command. The default is
# "nested".
#output: nested

# To set a list of additional directories to search for salt outputters, set the
# outputter_dirs option.
#outputter_dirs: []

# By default output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True

# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False

# Backup files that are replaced by file.managed and file.recurse under
# 'cachedir'/file_backup relative to their original location and appended
# with a timestamp. The only valid setting is "minion". Disabled by default.
#
# Alternatively this can be specified for each file in state files:
# /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
#   file.managed:
#     - source: salt://ssh/sshd_config
#     - backup: minion
#
#backup_mode: minion

# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the time, in
# seconds, between those reconnection attempts.
#acceptance_wait_time: 10

# If this is nonzero, the time between reconnection attempts will increase by
# acceptance_wait_time seconds per iteration, up to this maximum. If this is
# set to zero, the time between reconnection attempts will stay constant.
#acceptance_wait_time_max: 0

# If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting.
# Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
#rejected_retry: False

# When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive
# the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a SYN flood on the
# master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and
# have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter.
# The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.
#random_reauth_delay: 60


# To avoid overloading a master when many minions startup at once, a randomized
# delay may be set to tell the minions to wait before connecting to the master.
# This value is the number of seconds to choose from for a random number. For
# example, setting this value to 60 will choose a random number of seconds to delay
# on startup between zero seconds and sixty seconds. Setting to '0' will disable
# this feature.
#random_startup_delay: 0

# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value,
# in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion
# will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master
# is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.
#auth_timeout: 60

# Number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutError that are acceptable when trying to
# authenticate.
#auth_tries: 7

# The number of attempts to connect to a master before giving up.
# Set this to -1 for unlimited attempts. This allows for a master to have
# downtime and the minion to reconnect to it later when it comes back up.
# In 'failover' mode, it is the number of attempts for each set of masters.
# In this mode, it will cycle through the list of masters for each attempt.
#
# This is different than auth_tries because auth_tries attempts to
# retry auth attempts with a single master. auth_tries is under the
# assumption that you can connect to the master but not gain
# authorization from it. master_tries will still cycle through all
# the masters in a given try, so it is appropriate if you expect
# occasional downtime from the master(s).
#master_tries: 1

# If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval,
# cause sub minion process to restart.
#auth_safemode: False

# Ping Master to ensure connection is alive (minutes).
#ping_interval: 0

# To auto recover minions if master changes IP address (DDNS)
#    auth_tries: 10
#    auth_safemode: False
#    ping_interval: 2
#
# Minions won't know master is missing until a ping fails. After the ping fail,
# the minion will attempt authentication and likely fails out and cause a restart.
# When the minion restarts it will resolve the masters IP and attempt to reconnect.

# If you don't have any problems with syn-floods, don't bother with the
# three recon_* settings described below, just leave the defaults!
#
# The ZeroMQ pull-socket that binds to the masters publishing interface tries
# to reconnect immediately, if the socket is disconnected (for example if
# the master processes are restarted). In large setups this will have all
# minions reconnect immediately which might flood the master (the ZeroMQ-default
# is usually a 100ms delay). To prevent this, these three recon_* settings
# can be used.
# recon_default: the interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before
#                trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second)
#
# recon_max: the maximum time a socket should wait. each interval the time to wait
#            is calculated by doubling the previous time. if recon_max is reached,
#            it starts again at recon_default. Short example:
#
#            reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
#            reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
#            reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
#            reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
#            reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
#            reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
#
# recon_randomize: generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will
#                  be a random value between recon_default and recon_default +
#                  recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default
#                  and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to
#                  change these settings. If all minions have the same values and your
#                  setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still
#                  flood the master. The desired behavior is to have timeframe within
#                  all minions try to reconnect.
#
# Example on how to use these settings. The goal: have all minions reconnect within a
# 60 second timeframe on a disconnect.
# recon_default: 1000
# recon_max: 59000
# recon_randomize: True
#
# Each minion will have a randomized reconnect value between 'recon_default'
# and 'recon_default + recon_max', which in this example means between 1000ms
# 60000ms (or between 1 and 60 seconds). The generated random-value will be
# doubled after each attempt to reconnect. Lets say the generated random
# value is 11 seconds (or 11000ms).
# reconnect 1: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 2: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 3: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect 4: wait 44 seconds
# reconnect 5: wait 55 seconds
# reconnect 6: wait time is bigger than 60 seconds (recon_default + recon_max)
# reconnect 7: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 8: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 9: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect x: etc.
#
# In a setup with ~6000 thousand hosts these settings would average the reconnects
# to about 100 per second and all hosts would be reconnected within 60 seconds.
# recon_default: 100
# recon_max: 5000
# recon_randomize: False
#
#
# The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between
# evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks.  This defaults to 1
# second on the minion scheduler.
#loop_interval: 1

# Some installations choose to start all job returns in a cache or a returner
# and forgo sending the results back to a master. In this workflow, jobs
# are most often executed with --async from the Salt CLI and then results
# are evaluated by examining job caches on the minions or any configured returners.
# WARNING: Setting this to False will **disable** returns back to the master.
#pub_ret: True


# The grains can be merged, instead of overridden, using this option.
# This allows custom grains to defined different subvalues of a dictionary
# grain. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_deep_merge
# to ``True``.
#grains_deep_merge: False

# The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check
# its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master
# of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore
# care should be taken not to set this value too low.
#
# Note: This value is expressed in __minutes__!
#
# A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
#
# If the value is set to zero, this check is disabled.
#grains_refresh_every: 1

# Cache grains on the minion. Default is False.
#grains_cache: False

# Cache rendered pillar data on the minion. Default is False.
# This may cause 'cachedir'/pillar to contain sensitive data that should be
# protected accordingly.
#minion_pillar_cache: False

# Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this
# number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated
# with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if 'grains_cache'
# is not enabled.
# grains_cache_expiration: 300

# Determines whether or not the salt minion should run scheduled mine updates.
# Defaults to "True". Set to "False" to disable the scheduled mine updates
# (this essentially just does not add the mine update function to the minion's
# scheduler).
#mine_enabled: True

# Determines whether or not scheduled mine updates should be accompanied by a job
# return for the job cache. Defaults to "False". Set to "True" to include job
# returns in the job cache for mine updates.
#mine_return_job: False

# Example functions that can be run via the mine facility
# NO mine functions are established by default.
# Note these can be defined in the minion's pillar as well.
#mine_functions:
#  test.ping: []
#  network.ip_addrs:
#    interface: eth0
#    cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'

# The number of minutes between mine updates.
#mine_interval: 60

# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications.  ipc_mode is set to 'tcp' on such systems.
#ipc_mode: ipc

# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when ipc_mode is set to 'tcp'
#tcp_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_pull_port: 4511

# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576

# When a minion starts up it sends a notification on the event bus with a tag
# that looks like this: `salt/minion/<minion_id>/start`. For historical reasons
# the minion also sends a similar event with an event tag like this:
# `minion_start`. This duplication can cause a lot of clutter on the event bus
# when there are many minions. Set `enable_legacy_startup_events: False` in the
# minion config to ensure only the `salt/minion/<minion_id>/start` events are
# sent. Beginning with the `Sodium` Salt release this option will default to
# `False`
#enable_legacy_startup_events: True

# To detect failed master(s) and fire events on connect/disconnect, set
# master_alive_interval to the number of seconds to poll the masters for
# connection events.
#
#master_alive_interval: 30

# The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main minion configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option then the minion will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
#include:
#  - /etc/salt/extra_config
#  - /etc/roles/webserver

# The syndic minion can verify that it is talking to the correct master via the
# key fingerprint of the higher-level master with the "syndic_finger" config.
#syndic_finger: ''
#
#
#
#####   Minion module management     #####
##########################################
# Disable specific modules. This allows the admin to limit the level of
# access the master has to the minion.  The default here is the empty list,
# below is an example of how this needs to be formatted in the config file
#disable_modules:
#  - cmdmod
#  - test
#disable_returners: []

# This is the reverse of disable_modules.  The default, like disable_modules, is the empty list,
# but if this option is set to *anything* then *only* those modules will load.
# Note that this is a very large hammer and it can be quite difficult to keep the minion working
# the way you think it should since Salt uses many modules internally itself.  At a bare minimum
# you need the following enabled or else the minion won't start.
#whitelist_modules:
#  - cmdmod
#  - test
#  - config

# Modules can be loaded from arbitrary paths. This enables the easy deployment
# of third party modules. Modules for returners and minions can be loaded.
# Specify a list of extra directories to search for minion modules and
# returners. These paths must be fully qualified!
#module_dirs: []
#returner_dirs: []
#states_dirs: []
#render_dirs: []
#utils_dirs: []
#
# A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion
# via the providers option, in this case the default module will be
# overwritten by the specified module. In this example the pkg module will
# be provided by the yumpkg5 module instead of the system default.
#providers:
#  pkg: yumpkg5
#
# Enable Cython modules searching and loading. (Default: False)
#cython_enable: False
#
# Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently
# only supported on *nix operating systems and requires psutil.
# modules_max_memory: -1


#####    State Management Settings    #####
###########################################
# The default renderer to use in SLS files. This is configured as a
# pipe-delimited expression. For example, jinja|yaml will first run jinja
# templating on the SLS file, and then load the result as YAML. This syntax is
# documented in further depth at the following URL:
#
# https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/ref/renderers/#composing-renderers
#
# NOTE: The "shebang" prefix (e.g. "#!jinja|yaml") described in the
# documentation linked above is for use in an SLS file to override the default
# renderer, it should not be used when configuring the renderer here.
#
#renderer: jinja|yaml
#
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution. Defaults to False.
#failhard: False
#
# Reload the modules prior to a highstate run.
#autoload_dynamic_modules: True
#
# clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with
# the dynamic modules on the master, this means that if a dynamic module is
# not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default, this is
# enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.
#clean_dynamic_modules: True
#
# Normally, the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master
# when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side
# by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage
# environments is to isolate via the top file.
#environment: None
#
# Isolates the pillar environment on the minion side. This functions the same
# as the environment setting, but for pillar instead of states.
#pillarenv: None
#
# Set this option to True to force the pillarenv to be the same as the
# effective saltenv when running states. Note that if pillarenv is specified,
# this option will be ignored.
#pillarenv_from_saltenv: False
#
# Set this option to 'True' to force a 'KeyError' to be raised whenever an
# attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set
# to 'False', the failed attempt returns an empty string. Default is 'False'.
#pillar_raise_on_missing: False
#
# If using the local file directory, then the state top file name needs to be
# defined, by default this is top.sls.
#state_top: top.sls
#
# Run states when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
# 'highstate' -- Execute state.highstate
# 'sls' -- Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
# 'top' -- Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
#startup_states: ''
#
# List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is 'sls':
#sls_list:
#  - edit.vim
#  - hyper
#
# List of grains to pass in start event when minion starts up:
#start_event_grains:
#  - machine_id
#  - uuid
#
# Top file to execute if startup_states is 'top':
#top_file: ''

# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
#   - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False

# Disable requisites during state runs by specifying a single requisite
# or a list of requisites to disable.
#
# disabled_requisites: require_in
#
# disabled_requisites:
#     - require
#     - require_in

#####     File Directory Settings    #####
##########################################
# The Salt Minion can redirect all file server operations to a local directory,
# this allows for the same state tree that is on the master to be used if
# copied completely onto the minion. This is a literal copy of the settings on
# the master but used to reference a local directory on the minion.

# Set the file client. The client defaults to looking on the master server for
# files, but can be directed to look at the local file directory setting
# defined below by setting it to "local". Setting a local file_client runs the
# minion in masterless mode.
#file_client: remote

# The file directory works on environments passed to the minion, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
#   base:
#     - /srv/salt/
#   dev:
#     - /srv/salt/dev/services
#     - /srv/salt/dev/states
#   prod:
#     - /srv/salt/prod/services
#     - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/salt

# Uncomment the line below if you do not want the file_server to follow
# symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. This is set to True
# by default. Currently this only applies to the default roots
# fileserver_backend.
#fileserver_followsymlinks: False
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want symlinks to be
# treated as the files they are pointing to. By default this is set to
# False. By uncommenting the line below, any detected symlink while listing
# files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
#fileserver_ignoresymlinks: True
#
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is negatively impacted. Default
# is False.
#fileserver_limit_traversal: False

# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on
# the local fileserver. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384
# and sha512 are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use them due to the
# high chance of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Warning: Prior to changing this value, the minion should be stopped and all
# Salt caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256

# The Salt pillar is searched for locally if file_client is set to local. If
# this is the case, and pillar data is defined, then the pillar_roots need to
# also be configured on the minion:
#pillar_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/pillar

# Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master.
# It will be interpreted as megabytes. Default: 100
#file_recv_max_size: 100
#
#
######        Security settings       #####
###########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False

# The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
#keysize: 2048

# Enable permissive access to the salt keys.  This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir.  To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.
#permissive_pki_access: False

# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True

# The state_output setting controls which results will be output full multi line
# full, terse - each state will be full/terse
# mixed - only states with errors will be full
# changes - states with changes and errors will be full
# full_id, mixed_id, changes_id and terse_id are also allowed;
# when set, the state ID will be used as name in the output
#state_output: full

# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False

# The state_output_profile setting changes whether profile information
# will be shown for each state run.
#state_output_profile: True

# Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master
# before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running
# "salt-key -f master.pub" on the Salt master.
#master_finger: ''

# Use TLS/SSL encrypted connection between master and minion.
# Can be set to a dictionary containing keyword arguments corresponding to Python's
# 'ssl.wrap_socket' method.
# Default is None.
#ssl:
#    keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
#    certfile: <path_to_certfile>
#    ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2

# Grains to be sent to the master on authentication to check if the minion's key
# will be accepted automatically. Needs to be configured on the master.
#autosign_grains:
#  - uuid
#  - server_id


######        Reactor Settings        #####
###########################################
# Define a salt reactor. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/reactor/
#reactor: []

#Set the TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
#reactor_refresh_interval: 60

#Configure the number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_threads: 10

#Define the queue size for workers in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_hwm: 10000


######         Thread settings        #####
###########################################
# Disable multiprocessing support, by default when a minion receives a
# publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein.
#
# WARNING: Disabling multiprocessing may result in substantial slowdowns
# when processing large pillars. See https://github.com/saltstack/salt/issues/38758
# for a full explanation.
#multiprocessing: True

# Limit the maximum amount of processes or threads created by salt-minion.
# This is useful to avoid resource exhaustion in case the minion receives more
# publications than it is able to handle, as it limits the number of spawned
# processes or threads. -1 is the default and disables the limit.
#process_count_max: -1


#####         Logging settings       #####
##########################################
# The location of the minion log file
# The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key

# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', 'info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level: warning

# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level_logfile:

# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'

# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well.  Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically.  This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
#   log_granular_levels:
#     'salt': 'warning'
#     'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}

# To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ
# supports the use of monitor sockets to log connection events. This
# feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
#
# To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a
# debug level or higher.
#
# A sample log event is as follows:
#
# [DEBUG   ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
# 'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
#
# All events logged will include the string 'ZeroMQ event'. A connection event
# should be logged as the minion starts up and initially connects to the
# master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of
# ZeroMQ is installed.
#
#zmq_monitor: False

# Number of times to try to authenticate with the salt master when reconnecting
# to the master
#tcp_authentication_retries: 5

######      Module configuration      #####
###########################################
# Salt allows for modules to be passed arbitrary configuration data, any data
# passed here in valid yaml format will be passed on to the salt minion modules
# for use. It is STRONGLY recommended that a naming convention be used in which
# the module name is followed by a . and then the value. Also, all top level
# data must be applied via the yaml dict construct, some examples:
#
# You can specify that all modules should run in test mode:
#test: True
#
# A simple value for the test module:
#test.foo: foo
#
# A list for the test module:
#test.bar: [baz,quo]
#
# A dict for the test module:
#test.baz: {spam: sausage, cheese: bread}
#
#
######      Update settings          ######
###########################################
# Using the features in Esky, a salt minion can both run as a frozen app and
# be updated on the fly. These options control how the update process
# (saltutil.update()) behaves.
#
# The url for finding and downloading updates. Disabled by default.
#update_url: False
#
# The list of services to restart after a successful update. Empty by default.
#update_restart_services: []


######      Keepalive settings        ######
############################################
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.

# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True

# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300

# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1

# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1


######   Windows Software settings    ######
############################################
# Location of the repository cache file on the master:
#win_repo_cachefile: 'salt://win/repo/winrepo.p'


######      Returner  settings        ######
############################################
# Default Minion returners. Can be a comma delimited string or a list:
#
#return: mysql
#
#return: mysql,slack,redis
#
#return:
#  - mysql
#  - hipchat
#  - slack


######    Miscellaneous  settings     ######
############################################
# Default match type for filtering events tags: startswith, endswith, find, regex, fnmatch
#event_match_type: startswith

Example proxy minion configuration file

##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of all Salt Proxy
# Minions on this host.
# With the exception of the location of the Salt Master Server, values that are
# commented out but have an empty line after the comment are defaults that need
# not be set in the config. If there is no blank line after the comment, the
# value is presented as an example and is not the default.

# Per default the minion will automatically include all config files
# from minion.d/*.conf (minion.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main minion config file).
#default_include: minion.d/*.conf

# Backwards compatibility option for proxymodules created before 2015.8.2
# This setting will default to 'False' in the 2016.3.0 release
# Setting this to True adds proxymodules to the __opts__ dictionary.
# This breaks several Salt features (basically anything that serializes
# __opts__ over the wire) but retains backwards compatibility.
#add_proxymodule_to_opts: True

# Set the location of the salt master server. If the master server cannot be
# resolved, then the minion will fail to start.
#master: salt

# If a proxymodule has a function called 'grains', then call it during
# regular grains loading and merge the results with the proxy's grains
# dictionary.  Otherwise it is assumed that the module calls the grains
# function in a custom way and returns the data elsewhere
#
# Default to False for 2016.3 and 2016.11. Switch to True for 2017.7.0.
# proxy_merge_grains_in_module: True

# If a proxymodule has a function called 'alive' returning a boolean
# flag reflecting the state of the connection with the remove device,
# when this option is set as True, a scheduled job on the proxy will
# try restarting the connection. The polling frequency depends on the
# next option, 'proxy_keep_alive_interval'. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_keep_alive: True

# The polling interval (in minutes) to check if the underlying connection
# with the remote device is still alive. This option requires
# 'proxy_keep_alive' to be configured as True and the proxymodule to
# implement the 'alive' function. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_keep_alive_interval: 1

# By default, any proxy opens the connection with the remote device when
# initialized. Some proxymodules allow through this option to open/close
# the session per command. This requires the proxymodule to have this
# capability. Please consult the documentation to see if the proxy type
# used can be that flexible. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_always_alive: True

# If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting, the default behavior
# is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master is
# set to True, the order will be randomized instead. This can be helpful in distributing
# the load of many minions executing salt-call requests, for example, from a cron job.
# If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored and a warning will be logged.
#random_master: False

# Minions can connect to multiple masters simultaneously (all masters
# are "hot"), or can be configured to failover if a master becomes
# unavailable.  Multiple hot masters are configured by setting this
# value to "str".  Failover masters can be requested by setting
# to "failover".  MAKE SURE TO SET master_alive_interval if you are
# using failover.
# master_type: str

# Poll interval in seconds for checking if the master is still there.  Only
# respected if master_type above is "failover".
# master_alive_interval: 30

# Set whether the minion should connect to the master via IPv6:
#ipv6: False

# Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds.
# Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.
# retry_dns: 30

# Set the port used by the master reply and authentication server.
#master_port: 4506

# The user to run salt.
#user: root

# Setting sudo_user will cause salt to run all execution modules under an sudo
# to the user given in sudo_user.  The user under which the salt minion process
# itself runs will still be that provided in the user config above, but all
# execution modules run by the minion will be rerouted through sudo.
#sudo_user: saltdev

# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file.
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid

# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
# sock_dir, pidfile.
#root_dir: /

# The directory to store the pki information in
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion

# Where cache data goes.
# This data may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion

# Append minion_id to these directories.  Helps with
# multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine.
# Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules
# Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine
# Defaults to ['cachedir'] for proxies, [] (empty list) for regular minions
# append_minionid_config_dirs:
#   - cachedir



# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
#verify_env: True

# The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this
# can be a good way to keep track of jobs the minion has executed
# (on the minion side). By default this feature is disabled, to enable, set
# cache_jobs to True.
#cache_jobs: False

# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets.
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion

# Set the default outputter used by the salt-call command. The default is
# "nested".
#output: nested
#
# By default output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True

# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False

# Backup files that are replaced by file.managed and file.recurse under
# 'cachedir'/file_backup relative to their original location and appended
# with a timestamp. The only valid setting is "minion". Disabled by default.
#
# Alternatively this can be specified for each file in state files:
# /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
#   file.managed:
#     - source: salt://ssh/sshd_config
#     - backup: minion
#
#backup_mode: minion

# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the time, in
# seconds, between those reconnection attempts.
#acceptance_wait_time: 10

# If this is nonzero, the time between reconnection attempts will increase by
# acceptance_wait_time seconds per iteration, up to this maximum. If this is
# set to zero, the time between reconnection attempts will stay constant.
#acceptance_wait_time_max: 0

# If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting.
# Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
#rejected_retry: False

# When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive
# the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a SYN flood on the
# master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and
# have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter.
# The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.
#random_reauth_delay: 60

# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value,
# in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion
# will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master
# is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.
#auth_timeout: 60

# Number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutError that are acceptable when trying to
# authenticate.
#auth_tries: 7

# If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval,
# cause sub minion process to restart.
#auth_safemode: False

# Ping Master to ensure connection is alive (minutes).
#ping_interval: 0

# To auto recover minions if master changes IP address (DDNS)
#    auth_tries: 10
#    auth_safemode: False
#    ping_interval: 90
#
# Minions won't know master is missing until a ping fails. After the ping fail,
# the minion will attempt authentication and likely fails out and cause a restart.
# When the minion restarts it will resolve the masters IP and attempt to reconnect.

# If you don't have any problems with syn-floods, don't bother with the
# three recon_* settings described below, just leave the defaults!
#
# The ZeroMQ pull-socket that binds to the masters publishing interface tries
# to reconnect immediately, if the socket is disconnected (for example if
# the master processes are restarted). In large setups this will have all
# minions reconnect immediately which might flood the master (the ZeroMQ-default
# is usually a 100ms delay). To prevent this, these three recon_* settings
# can be used.
# recon_default: the interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before
#                trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second)
#
# recon_max: the maximum time a socket should wait. each interval the time to wait
#            is calculated by doubling the previous time. if recon_max is reached,
#            it starts again at recon_default. Short example:
#
#            reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
#            reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
#            reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
#            reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
#            reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
#            reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
#
# recon_randomize: generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will
#                  be a random value between recon_default and recon_default +
#                  recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default
#                  and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to
#                  change these settings. If all minions have the same values and your
#                  setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still
#                  flood the master. The desired behavior is to have timeframe within
#                  all minions try to reconnect.
#
# Example on how to use these settings. The goal: have all minions reconnect within a
# 60 second timeframe on a disconnect.
# recon_default: 1000
# recon_max: 59000
# recon_randomize: True
#
# Each minion will have a randomized reconnect value between 'recon_default'
# and 'recon_default + recon_max', which in this example means between 1000ms
# 60000ms (or between 1 and 60 seconds). The generated random-value will be
# doubled after each attempt to reconnect. Lets say the generated random
# value is 11 seconds (or 11000ms).
# reconnect 1: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 2: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 3: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect 4: wait 44 seconds
# reconnect 5: wait 55 seconds
# reconnect 6: wait time is bigger than 60 seconds (recon_default + recon_max)
# reconnect 7: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 8: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 9: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect x: etc.
#
# In a setup with ~6000 thousand hosts these settings would average the reconnects
# to about 100 per second and all hosts would be reconnected within 60 seconds.
# recon_default: 100
# recon_max: 5000
# recon_randomize: False
#
#
# The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between
# evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to a
# sane 60 seconds, but if the minion scheduler needs to be evaluated more
# often lower this value
#loop_interval: 60

# The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check
# its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master
# of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore
# care should be taken not to set this value too low.
#
# Note: This value is expressed in __minutes__!
#
# A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
#
# If the value is set to zero, this check is disabled.
#grains_refresh_every: 1

# Cache grains on the minion. Default is False.
#grains_cache: False

# Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this
# number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated
# with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if 'grains_cache'
# is not enabled.
# grains_cache_expiration: 300

# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications. Set ipc_mode to 'tcp' on such systems
#ipc_mode: ipc

# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when in tcp mode
#tcp_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_pull_port: 4511

# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576

# To detect failed master(s) and fire events on connect/disconnect, set
# master_alive_interval to the number of seconds to poll the masters for
# connection events.
#
#master_alive_interval: 30

# The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main minion configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option then the minion will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
#include:
#  - /etc/salt/extra_config
#  - /etc/roles/webserver
#
#
#
#####   Minion module management     #####
##########################################
# Disable specific modules. This allows the admin to limit the level of
# access the master has to the minion.
#disable_modules: [cmd,test]
#disable_returners: []
#
# Modules can be loaded from arbitrary paths. This enables the easy deployment
# of third party modules. Modules for returners and minions can be loaded.
# Specify a list of extra directories to search for minion modules and
# returners. These paths must be fully qualified!
#module_dirs: []
#returner_dirs: []
#states_dirs: []
#render_dirs: []
#utils_dirs: []
#
# A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion
# via the providers option, in this case the default module will be
# overwritten by the specified module. In this example the pkg module will
# be provided by the yumpkg5 module instead of the system default.
#providers:
#  pkg: yumpkg5
#
# Enable Cython modules searching and loading. (Default: False)
#cython_enable: False
#
# Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently
# only supported on *nix operating systems and requires psutil.
# modules_max_memory: -1


#####    State Management Settings    #####
###########################################
# The default renderer to use in SLS files. This is configured as a
# pipe-delimited expression. For example, jinja|yaml will first run jinja
# templating on the SLS file, and then load the result as YAML. This syntax is
# documented in further depth at the following URL:
#
# https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/ref/renderers/#composing-renderers
#
# NOTE: The "shebang" prefix (e.g. "#!jinja|yaml") described in the
# documentation linked above is for use in an SLS file to override the default
# renderer, it should not be used when configuring the renderer here.
#
#renderer: jinja|yaml
#
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution. Defaults to False.
#failhard: False
#
# Reload the modules prior to a highstate run.
#autoload_dynamic_modules: True
#
# clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with
# the dynamic modules on the master, this means that if a dynamic module is
# not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default, this is
# enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.
#clean_dynamic_modules: True
#
# Normally, the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master
# when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side
# by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage
# environments is to isolate via the top file.
#environment: None
#
# If using the local file directory, then the state top file name needs to be
# defined, by default this is top.sls.
#state_top: top.sls
#
# Run states when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
# 'highstate' -- Execute state.highstate
# 'sls' -- Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
# 'top' -- Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
#startup_states: ''
#
# List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is 'sls':
#sls_list:
#  - edit.vim
#  - hyper
#
# Top file to execute if startup_states is 'top':
#top_file: ''

# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
#   - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False

#####     File Directory Settings    #####
##########################################
# The Salt Minion can redirect all file server operations to a local directory,
# this allows for the same state tree that is on the master to be used if
# copied completely onto the minion. This is a literal copy of the settings on
# the master but used to reference a local directory on the minion.

# Set the file client. The client defaults to looking on the master server for
# files, but can be directed to look at the local file directory setting
# defined below by setting it to "local". Setting a local file_client runs the
# minion in masterless mode.
#file_client: remote

# The file directory works on environments passed to the minion, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
#   base:
#     - /srv/salt/
#   dev:
#     - /srv/salt/dev/services
#     - /srv/salt/dev/states
#   prod:
#     - /srv/salt/prod/services
#     - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/salt

# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is negatively impacted. Default
# is False.
#fileserver_limit_traversal: False

# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file in
# the local fileserver. The default is sha256 but sha224, sha384 and sha512
# are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use it due to the high chance
# of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# WARNING: While md5 is also supported, do not use it due to the high chance
# of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Warning: Prior to changing this value, the minion should be stopped and all
# Salt caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256

# The Salt pillar is searched for locally if file_client is set to local. If
# this is the case, and pillar data is defined, then the pillar_roots need to
# also be configured on the minion:
#pillar_roots:
#  base:
#    - /srv/pillar
#
#
######        Security settings       #####
###########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False

# Enable permissive access to the salt keys.  This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir.  To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.
#permissive_pki_access: False

# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True

# The state_output setting controls which results will be output full multi line
# full, terse - each state will be full/terse
# mixed - only states with errors will be full
# changes - states with changes and errors will be full
# full_id, mixed_id, changes_id and terse_id are also allowed;
# when set, the state ID will be used as name in the output
#state_output: full

# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False

# The state_output_profile setting changes whether profile information
# will be shown for each state run.
#state_output_profile: True

# Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master
# before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running
# "salt-key -F master" on the Salt master.
#master_finger: ''


######         Thread settings        #####
###########################################
# Disable multiprocessing support, by default when a minion receives a
# publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein.
#multiprocessing: True


#####         Logging settings       #####
##########################################
# The location of the minion log file
# The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key

# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', 'info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level: warning

# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level_logfile:

# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'

# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well.  Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically.  This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
#   log_granular_levels:
#     'salt': 'warning'
#     'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}

# To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ
# supports the use of monitor sockets # to log connection events. This
# feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
#
# To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a
# debug level or higher.
#
# A sample log event is as follows:
#
# [DEBUG   ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
# 'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
#
# All events logged will include the string 'ZeroMQ event'. A connection event
# should be logged on the as the minion starts up and initially connects to the
# master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of
# ZeroMQ is installed.
#
#zmq_monitor: False

######      Module configuration      #####
###########################################
# Salt allows for modules to be passed arbitrary configuration data, any data
# passed here in valid yaml format will be passed on to the salt minion modules
# for use. It is STRONGLY recommended that a naming convention be used in which
# the module name is followed by a . and then the value. Also, all top level
# data must be applied via the yaml dict construct, some examples:
#
# You can specify that all modules should run in test mode:
#test: True
#
# A simple value for the test module:
#test.foo: foo
#
# A list for the test module:
#test.bar: [baz,quo]
#
# A dict for the test module:
#test.baz: {spam: sausage, cheese: bread}
#
#
######      Update settings          ######
###########################################
# Using the features in Esky, a salt minion can both run as a frozen app and
# be updated on the fly. These options control how the update process
# (saltutil.update()) behaves.
#
# The url for finding and downloading updates. Disabled by default.
#update_url: False
#
# The list of services to restart after a successful update. Empty by default.
#update_restart_services: []


######      Keepalive settings        ######
############################################
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.

# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True

# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300

# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1

# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1


######   Windows Software settings    ######
############################################
# Location of the repository cache file on the master:
#win_repo_cachefile: 'salt://win/repo/winrepo.p'


######      Returner  settings        ######
############################################
# Which returner(s) will be used for minion's result:
#return: mysql

Minion Blackout Configuration

New in version 2016.3.0.

Salt supports minion blackouts. When a minion is in blackout mode, all remote execution commands are disabled. This allows production minions to be put "on hold", eliminating the risk of an untimely configuration change.

Minion blackouts are configured via a special pillar key, minion_blackout. If this key is set to True, then the minion will reject all incoming commands, except for saltutil.refresh_pillar. (The exception is important, so minions can be brought out of blackout mode)

Salt also supports an explicit whitelist of additional functions that will be allowed during blackout. This is configured with the special pillar key minion_blackout_whitelist, which is formed as a list:

minion_blackout_whitelist:
 - test.version
 - pillar.get

Access Control System

New in version 0.10.4.

Salt maintains a standard system used to open granular control to non administrative users to execute Salt commands. The access control system has been applied to all systems used to configure access to non administrative control interfaces in Salt.

These interfaces include, the peer system, the external auth system and the publisher acl system.

The access control system mandated a standard configuration syntax used in all of the three aforementioned systems. While this adds functionality to the configuration in 0.10.4, it does not negate the old configuration.

Now specific functions can be opened up to specific minions from specific users in the case of external auth and publisher ACLs, and for specific minions in the case of the peer system.

Publisher ACL system

The salt publisher ACL system is a means to allow system users other than root to have access to execute select salt commands on minions from the master.

NOTE:

publisher_acl is useful for allowing local system users to run Salt commands without giving them root access. If you can log into the Salt master directly, then publisher_acl allows you to use Salt without root privileges. If the local system is configured to authenticate against a remote system, like LDAP or Active Directory, then publisher_acl will interact with the remote system transparently.

external_auth is useful for salt-api or for making your own scripts that use Salt's Python API. It can be used at the CLI (with the -a flag) but it is more cumbersome as there are more steps involved.  The only time it is useful at the CLI is when the local system is not configured to authenticate against an external service but you still want Salt to authenticate against an external service.

For more information and examples, see this Access Control System section.

The publisher ACL system is configured in the master configuration file via the publisher_acl configuration option. Under the publisher_acl configuration option the users open to send commands are specified and then a list of the minion functions which will be made available to specified user. Both users and functions could be specified by exact match, shell glob or regular expression. This configuration is much like the external_auth configuration:

publisher_acl:
  # Allow thatch to execute anything.
  thatch:
    - .*
  # Allow fred to use test and pkg, but only on "web*" minions.
  fred:
    - web*:
      - test.*
      - pkg.*
  # Allow admin and managers to use saltutil module functions
  admin|manager_.*:
    - saltutil.*
  # Allow users to use only my_mod functions on "web*" minions with specific arguments.
  user_.*:
    - web*:
      - 'my_mod.*':
          args:
            - 'a.*'
            - 'b.*'
          kwargs:
            'kwa': 'kwa.*'
            'kwb': 'kwb'

Permission Issues

Directories required for publisher_acl must be modified to be readable by the users specified:

chmod 755 /var/cache/salt /var/cache/salt/master /var/cache/salt/master/jobs /var/run/salt /var/run/salt/master
NOTE:

In addition to the changes above you will also need to modify the permissions of /var/log/salt and the existing log file to be writable by the user(s) which will be running the commands. If you do not wish to do this then you must disable logging or Salt will generate errors as it cannot write to the logs as the system users.

If you are upgrading from earlier versions of salt you must also remove any existing user keys and re-start the Salt master:

rm /var/cache/salt/.*key
service salt-master restart

Whitelist and Blacklist

Salt's authentication systems can be configured by specifying what is allowed using a whitelist, or by specifying what is disallowed using a blacklist. If you specify a whitelist, only specified operations are allowed. If you specify a blacklist, all operations are allowed except those that are blacklisted.

See publisher_acl and publisher_acl_blacklist.

External Authentication System

Salt's External Authentication System (eAuth) allows for Salt to pass through command authorization to any external authentication system, such as PAM or LDAP.

NOTE:

eAuth using the PAM external auth system requires salt-master to be run as root as this system needs root access to check authentication.

NOTE:

publisher_acl is useful for allowing local system users to run Salt commands without giving them root access. If you can log into the Salt master directly, then publisher_acl allows you to use Salt without root privileges. If the local system is configured to authenticate against a remote system, like LDAP or Active Directory, then publisher_acl will interact with the remote system transparently.

external_auth is useful for salt-api or for making your own scripts that use Salt's Python API. It can be used at the CLI (with the -a flag) but it is more cumbersome as there are more steps involved.  The only time it is useful at the CLI is when the local system is not configured to authenticate against an external service but you still want Salt to authenticate against an external service.

For more information and examples, see this Access Control System section.

External Authentication System Configuration

The external authentication system allows for specific users to be granted access to execute specific functions on specific minions. Access is configured in the master configuration file and uses the access control system:

external_auth:
  pam:
    thatch:
      - 'web*':
        - test.*
        - network.*
    steve|admin.*:
      - .*

The above configuration allows the user thatch to execute functions in the test and network modules on the minions that match the web* target.  User steve and the users whose logins start with admin, are granted unrestricted access to minion commands.

Salt respects the current PAM configuration in place, and uses the 'login' service to authenticate.

NOTE:

The PAM module does not allow authenticating as root.

NOTE:

state.sls and state.highstate will return "Failed to authenticate!" if the request timeout is reached.  Use -t flag to increase the timeout

To allow access to wheel modules or runner modules the following @ syntax must be used:

external_auth:
  pam:
    thatch:
      - '@wheel'   # to allow access to all wheel modules
      - '@runner'  # to allow access to all runner modules
      - '@jobs'    # to allow access to the jobs runner and/or wheel module
NOTE:

The runner/wheel markup is different, since there are no minions to scope the acl to.

NOTE:

Globs will not match wheel or runners! They must be explicitly allowed with @wheel or @runner.

WARNING:

All users that have external authentication privileges are allowed to run saltutil.findjob. Be aware that this could inadvertently expose some data such as minion IDs.

Matching syntax

The structure of the external_auth dictionary can take the following shapes. User and function matches are exact matches, shell glob patterns or regular expressions; minion matches are compound targets.

By user:

external_auth:
  <eauth backend>:
    <user or group%>:
      - <regex to match function>

By user, by minion:

external_auth:
  <eauth backend>:
    <user or group%>:
      <minion compound target>:
        - <regex to match function>

By user, by runner/wheel:

external_auth:
  <eauth backend>:
    <user or group%>:
      <@runner or @wheel>:
        - <regex to match function>

By user, by runner+wheel module:

external_auth:
  <eauth backend>:
    <user or group%>:
      <@module_name>:
        - <regex to match function without module_name>

Groups

To apply permissions to a group of users in an external authentication system, append a % to the ID:

external_auth:
  pam:
    admins%:
      - '*':
        - 'pkg.*'

Limiting by function arguments

Positional arguments or keyword arguments to functions can also be whitelisted.

New in version 2016.3.0.

external_auth:
  pam:
    my_user:
      - '*':
        - 'my_mod.*':
            args:
              - 'a.*'
              - 'b.*'
            kwargs:
              'kwa': 'kwa.*'
              'kwb': 'kwb'
      - '@runner':
        - 'runner_mod.*':
            args:
            - 'a.*'
            - 'b.*'
            kwargs:
              'kwa': 'kwa.*'
              'kwb': 'kwb'

The rules:

  1. The arguments values are matched as regexp.
  2. If arguments restrictions are specified the only matched are allowed.
  3. If an argument isn't specified any value is allowed.
  4. To skip an arg use "everything" regexp .*. I.e. if arg0 and arg2 should be limited but arg1 and other arguments could have any value use:

    args:
      - 'value0'
      - '.*'
      - 'value2'

Usage

The external authentication system can then be used from the command-line by any user on the same system as the master with the -a option:

$ salt -a pam web\* test.version

The system will ask the user for the credentials required by the authentication system and then publish the command.

Tokens

With external authentication alone, the authentication credentials will be required with every call to Salt. This can be alleviated with Salt tokens.

Tokens are short term authorizations and can be easily created by just adding a -T option when authenticating:

$ salt -T -a pam web\* test.version

Now a token will be created that has an expiration of 12 hours (by default). This token is stored in a file named salt_token in the active user's home directory.

Once the token is created, it is sent with all subsequent communications. User authentication does not need to be entered again until the token expires.

Token expiration time can be set in the Salt master config file.

LDAP and Active Directory

NOTE:

LDAP usage requires that you have installed python-ldap.

Salt supports both user and group authentication for LDAP (and Active Directory accessed via its LDAP interface)

OpenLDAP and similar systems

LDAP configuration happens in the Salt master configuration file.

Server configuration values and their defaults:

# Server to auth against
auth.ldap.server: localhost

# Port to connect via
auth.ldap.port: 389

# Use TLS when connecting
auth.ldap.tls: False

# Use STARTTLS when connecting
auth.ldap.starttls: False

# LDAP scope level, almost always 2
auth.ldap.scope: 2

# Server specified in URI format
auth.ldap.uri: ''    # Overrides .ldap.server, .ldap.port, .ldap.tls above

# Verify server's TLS certificate
auth.ldap.no_verify: False

# Bind to LDAP anonymously to determine group membership
# Active Directory does not allow anonymous binds without special configuration
# In addition, if auth.ldap.anonymous is True, empty bind passwords are not permitted.
auth.ldap.anonymous: False

# FOR TESTING ONLY, this is a VERY insecure setting.
# If this is True, the LDAP bind password will be ignored and
# access will be determined by group membership alone with
# the group memberships being retrieved via anonymous bind
auth.ldap.auth_by_group_membership_only: False

# Require authenticating user to be part of this Organizational Unit
# This can be blank if your LDAP schema does not use this kind of OU
auth.ldap.groupou: 'Groups'

# Object Class for groups.  An LDAP search will be done to find all groups of this
# class to which the authenticating user belongs.
auth.ldap.groupclass: 'posixGroup'

# Unique ID attribute name for the user
auth.ldap.accountattributename: 'memberUid'

# These are only for Active Directory
auth.ldap.activedirectory: False
auth.ldap.persontype: 'person'

auth.ldap.minion_stripdomains: []

# Redhat Identity Policy Audit
auth.ldap.freeipa: False

Authenticating to the LDAP Server

There are two phases to LDAP authentication.  First, Salt authenticates to search for a users' Distinguished Name and group membership.  The user it authenticates as in this phase is often a special LDAP system user with read-only access to the LDAP directory.  After Salt searches the directory to determine the actual user's DN and groups, it re-authenticates as the user running the Salt commands.

If you are already aware of the structure of your DNs and permissions in your LDAP store are set such that users can look up their own group memberships, then the first and second users can be the same.  To tell Salt this is the case, omit the auth.ldap.bindpw parameter.  Note this is not the same thing as using an anonymous bind. Most LDAP servers will not permit anonymous bind, and as mentioned above, if auth.ldap.anonymous is False you cannot use an empty password.

You can template the binddn like this:

auth.ldap.basedn: dc=saltstack,dc=com
auth.ldap.binddn: uid={{ username }},cn=users,cn=accounts,dc=saltstack,dc=com

Salt will use the password entered on the salt command line in place of the bindpw.

To use two separate users, specify the LDAP lookup user in the binddn directive, and include a bindpw like so

auth.ldap.binddn: uid=ldaplookup,cn=sysaccounts,cn=etc,dc=saltstack,dc=com
auth.ldap.bindpw: mypassword

As mentioned before, Salt uses a filter to find the DN associated with a user. Salt substitutes the {{ username }} value for the username when querying LDAP

auth.ldap.filter: uid={{ username }}

Determining Group Memberships (OpenLDAP / non-Active Directory)

For OpenLDAP, to determine group membership, one can specify an OU that contains group data. This is prepended to the basedn to create a search path.  Then the results are filtered against auth.ldap.groupclass, default posixGroup, and the account's 'name' attribute, memberUid by default.

auth.ldap.groupou: Groups

Note that as of 2017.7, auth.ldap.groupclass can refer to either a groupclass or an objectClass. For some LDAP servers (notably OpenLDAP without the memberOf overlay enabled) to determine group membership we need to know both the objectClass and the memberUid attributes.  Usually for these servers you will want a auth.ldap.groupclass of posixGroup and an auth.ldap.groupattribute of memberUid.

LDAP servers with the memberOf overlay will have entries similar to auth.ldap.groupclass: person and auth.ldap.groupattribute: memberOf.

When using the ldap('DC=domain,DC=com') eauth operator, sometimes the records returned from LDAP or Active Directory have fully-qualified domain names attached, while minion IDs instead are simple hostnames.  The parameter below allows the administrator to strip off a certain set of domain names so the hostnames looked up in the directory service can match the minion IDs.

auth.ldap.minion_stripdomains: ['.external.bigcorp.com', '.internal.bigcorp.com']

Determining Group Memberships (Active Directory)

Active Directory handles group membership differently, and does not utilize the groupou configuration variable.  AD needs the following options in the master config:

auth.ldap.activedirectory: True
auth.ldap.filter: sAMAccountName={{username}}
auth.ldap.accountattributename: sAMAccountName
auth.ldap.groupclass: group
auth.ldap.persontype: person

To determine group membership in AD, the username and password that is entered when LDAP is requested as the eAuth mechanism on the command line is used to bind to AD's LDAP interface. If this fails, then it doesn't matter what groups the user belongs to, he or she is denied access. Next, the distinguishedName of the user is looked up with the following LDAP search:

(&(<value of auth.ldap.accountattributename>={{username}})
  (objectClass=<value of auth.ldap.persontype>)
)

This should return a distinguishedName that we can use to filter for group membership.  Then the following LDAP query is executed:

(&(member=<distinguishedName from search above>)
  (objectClass=<value of auth.ldap.groupclass>)
)
external_auth:
  ldap:
    test_ldap_user:
        - '*':
            - test.ping

To configure a LDAP group, append a % to the ID:

external_auth:
  ldap:
    test_ldap_group%:
      - '*':
        - test.echo

In addition, if there are a set of computers in the directory service that should be part of the eAuth definition, they can be specified like this:

external_auth:
  ldap:
    test_ldap_group%:
      - ldap('DC=corp,DC=example,DC=com'):
        - test.echo

The string inside ldap() above is any valid LDAP/AD tree limiter.  OU= in particular is permitted as long as it would return a list of computer objects.

Peer Communication

Salt 0.9.0 introduced the capability for Salt minions to publish commands. The intent of this feature is not for Salt minions to act as independent brokers one with another, but to allow Salt minions to pass commands to each other.

In Salt 0.10.0 the ability to execute runners from the master was added. This allows for the master to return collective data from runners back to the minions via the peer interface.

The peer interface is configured through two options in the master configuration file. For minions to send commands from the master the peer configuration is used. To allow for minions to execute runners from the master the peer_run configuration is used.

Since this presents a viable security risk by allowing minions access to the master publisher the capability is turned off by default. The minions can be allowed access to the master publisher on a per minion basis based on regular expressions. Minions with specific ids can be allowed access to certain Salt modules and functions.

Peer Configuration

The configuration is done under the peer setting in the Salt master configuration file, here are a number of configuration possibilities.

The simplest approach is to enable all communication for all minions, this is only recommended for very secure environments.

peer:
  .*:
    - .*

This configuration will allow minions with IDs ending in example.com access to the test, ps, and pkg module functions.

peer:
  .*example.com:
    - test.*
    - ps.*
    - pkg.*

The configuration logic is simple, a regular expression is passed for matching minion ids, and then a list of expressions matching minion functions is associated with the named minion. For instance, this configuration will also allow minions ending with foo.org access to the publisher.

peer:
  .*example.com:
    - test.*
    - ps.*
    - pkg.*
  .*foo.org:
    - test.*
    - ps.*
    - pkg.*
NOTE:

Functions are matched using regular expressions.

Peer Runner Communication

Configuration to allow minions to execute runners from the master is done via the peer_run option on the master. The peer_run configuration follows the same logic as the peer option. The only difference is that access is granted to runner modules.

To open up access to all minions to all runners:

peer_run:
  .*:
    - .*

This configuration will allow minions with IDs ending in example.com access to the manage and jobs runner functions.

peer_run:
  .*example.com:
    - manage.*
    - jobs.*
NOTE:

Functions are matched using regular expressions.

Using Peer Communication

The publish module was created to manage peer communication. The publish module comes with a number of functions to execute peer communication in different ways. Currently there are three functions in the publish module. These examples will show how to test the peer system via the salt-call command.

To execute test.version on all minions:

# salt-call publish.publish \* test.version

To execute the manage.up runner:

# salt-call publish.runner manage.up

To match minions using other matchers, use tgt_type:

# salt-call publish.publish 'webserv* and not G@os:Ubuntu' test.version tgt_type='compound'
NOTE:

In pre-2017.7.0 releases, use expr_form instead of tgt_type.

When to Use Each Authentication System

publisher_acl is useful for allowing local system users to run Salt commands without giving them root access. If you can log into the Salt master directly, then publisher_acl allows you to use Salt without root privileges. If the local system is configured to authenticate against a remote system, like LDAP or Active Directory, then publisher_acl will interact with the remote system transparently.

external_auth is useful for salt-api or for making your own scripts that use Salt's Python API. It can be used at the CLI (with the -a flag) but it is more cumbersome as there are more steps involved.  The only time it is useful at the CLI is when the local system is not configured to authenticate against an external service but you still want Salt to authenticate against an external service.

Examples

The access controls are manifested using matchers in these configurations:

publisher_acl:
  fred:
    - web\*:
      - pkg.list_pkgs
      - test.*
      - apache.*

In the above example, fred is able to send commands only to minions which match the specified glob target. This can be expanded to include other functions for other minions based on standard targets (all matchers are supported except the compound one).

external_auth:
  pam:
    dave:
      - test.version
      - mongo\*:
        - network.*
      - log\*:
        - network.*
        - pkg.*
      - 'G@os:RedHat':
        - kmod.*
    steve:
      - .*

The above allows for all minions to be hit by test.version by dave, and adds a few functions that dave can execute on other minions. It also allows steve unrestricted access to salt commands.

NOTE:

Functions are matched using regular expressions.

Job Management

New in version 0.9.7.

Since Salt executes jobs running on many systems, Salt needs to be able to manage jobs running on many systems.

The Minion proc System

Salt Minions maintain a proc directory in the Salt cachedir. The proc directory maintains files named after the executed job ID. These files contain the information about the current running jobs on the minion and allow for jobs to be looked up. This is located in the proc directory under the cachedir, with a default configuration it is under /var/cache/salt/{master|minion}/proc.

Functions in the saltutil Module

Salt 0.9.7 introduced a few new functions to the saltutil module for managing jobs. These functions are:

  1. running Returns the data of all running jobs that are found in the proc directory.
  2. find_job Returns specific data about a certain job based on job id.
  3. signal_job Allows for a given jid to be sent a signal.
  4. term_job Sends a termination signal (SIGTERM, 15) to the process controlling the specified job.
  5. kill_job Sends a kill signal (SIGKILL, 9) to the process controlling the specified job.

These functions make up the core of the back end used to manage jobs at the minion level.

The jobs Runner

A convenience runner front end and reporting system has been added as well. The jobs runner contains functions to make viewing data easier and cleaner.

The jobs runner contains a number of functions...

active

The active function runs saltutil.running on all minions and formats the return data about all running jobs in a much more usable and compact format. The active function will also compare jobs that have returned and jobs that are still running, making it easier to see what systems have completed a job and what systems are still being waited on.

# salt-run jobs.active

lookup_jid

When jobs are executed the return data is sent back to the master and cached. By default it is cached for 24 hours, but this can be configured via the keep_jobs option in the master configuration. Using the lookup_jid runner will display the same return data that the initial job invocation with the salt command would display.

# salt-run jobs.lookup_jid <job id number>

list_jobs

Before finding a historic job, it may be required to find the job id. list_jobs will parse the cached execution data and display all of the job data for jobs that have already, or partially returned.

# salt-run jobs.list_jobs

Scheduling Jobs

Salt's scheduling system allows incremental executions on minions or the master. The schedule system exposes the execution of any execution function on minions or any runner on the master.

Scheduling can be enabled by multiple methods:

  • schedule option in either the master or minion config files.  These require the master or minion application to be restarted in order for the schedule to be implemented.
  • Minion pillar data.  Schedule is implemented by refreshing the minion's pillar data, for example by using saltutil.refresh_pillar.
  • The schedule state or schedule module
NOTE:

The scheduler executes different functions on the master and minions. When running on the master the functions reference runner functions, when running on the minion the functions specify execution functions.

A scheduled run has no output on the minion unless the config is set to info level or higher. Refer to minion-logging-settings.

States are executed on the minion, as all states are. You can pass positional arguments and provide a YAML dict of named arguments.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 3600
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True

This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour).

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 3600
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    splay: 15

This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour) splaying the time between 0 and 15 seconds.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 3600
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    splay:
      start: 10
      end: 15

This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour) splaying the time between 10 and 15 seconds.

Schedule by Date and Time

New in version 2014.7.0.

Frequency of jobs can also be specified using date strings supported by the Python dateutil library. This requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    when: 5:00pm

This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True at 5:00 PM minion localtime.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    when:
      - Monday 5:00pm
      - Tuesday 3:00pm
      - Wednesday 5:00pm
      - Thursday 3:00pm
      - Friday 5:00pm

This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True at 5:00 PM on Monday, Wednesday and Friday, and 3:00 PM on Tuesday and Thursday.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    when:
      - 'tea time'
whens:
  tea time: 1:40pm
  deployment time: Friday 5:00pm

The Salt scheduler also allows custom phrases to be used for the when parameter.  These whens can be stored as either pillar values or grain values.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 3600
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    range:
      start: 8:00am
      end: 5:00pm

This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour) between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. The range parameter must be a dictionary with the date strings using the dateutil format.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 3600
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True
    range:
      invert: True
      start: 8:00am
      end: 5:00pm

Using the invert option for range, this will schedule the command state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour) until the current time is between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. The range parameter must be a dictionary with the date strings using the dateutil format.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: pkg.install
    kwargs:
      pkgs: [{'bar': '>1.2.3'}]
      refresh: true
    once: '2016-01-07T14:30:00'

This will schedule the function pkg.install to be executed once at the specified time. The schedule entry job1 will not be removed after the job completes, therefore use schedule.delete to manually remove it afterwards.

The default date format is ISO 8601 but can be overridden by also specifying the once_fmt option, like this:

schedule:
  job1:
    function: test.ping
    once: 2015-04-22T20:21:00
    once_fmt: '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S'

Maximum Parallel Jobs Running

New in version 2014.7.0.

The scheduler also supports ensuring that there are no more than N copies of a particular routine running. Use this for jobs that may be long-running and could step on each other or pile up in case of infrastructure outage.

The default for maxrunning is 1.

schedule:
  long_running_job:
    function: big_file_transfer
    jid_include: True
    maxrunning: 1

Cron-like Schedule

New in version 2014.7.0.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    cron: '*/15 * * * *'
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True

The scheduler also supports scheduling jobs using a cron like format. This requires the Python croniter library.

Job Data Return

New in version 2015.5.0.

By default, data about jobs runs from the Salt scheduler is returned to the master. Setting the return_job parameter to False will prevent the data from being sent back to the Salt master.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: scheduled_job_function
    return_job: False

Job Metadata

New in version 2015.5.0.

It can be useful to include specific data to differentiate a job from other jobs. Using the metadata parameter special values can be associated with a scheduled job. These values are not used in the execution of the job, but can be used to search for specific jobs later if combined with the return_job parameter. The metadata parameter must be specified as a dictionary, othewise it will be ignored.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: scheduled_job_function
    metadata:
      foo: bar

Run on Start

New in version 2015.5.0.

By default, any job scheduled based on the startup time of the minion will run the scheduled job when the minion starts up. Sometimes this is not the desired situation. Using the run_on_start parameter set to False will cause the scheduler to skip this first run and wait until the next scheduled run:

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 3600
    run_on_start: False
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True

Until and After

New in version 2015.8.0.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 15
    until: '12/31/2015 11:59pm'
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True

Using the until argument, the Salt scheduler allows you to specify an end time for a scheduled job. If this argument is specified, jobs will not run once the specified time has passed. Time should be specified in a format supported by the dateutil library. This requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.

New in version 2015.8.0.

schedule:
  job1:
    function: state.sls
    seconds: 15
    after: '12/31/2015 11:59pm'
    args:
      - httpd
    kwargs:
      test: True

Using the after argument, the Salt scheduler allows you to specify an start time for a scheduled job.  If this argument is specified, jobs will not run until the specified time has passed. Time should be specified in a format supported by the dateutil library. This requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.

Scheduling States

schedule:
  log-loadavg:
    function: cmd.run
    seconds: 3660
    args:
      - 'logger -t salt < /proc/loadavg'
    kwargs:
      stateful: False
      shell: /bin/sh

Scheduling Highstates

To set up a highstate to run on a minion every 60 minutes set this in the minion config or pillar:

schedule:
  highstate:
    function: state.highstate
    minutes: 60

Time intervals can be specified as seconds, minutes, hours, or days.

Scheduling Runners

Runner executions can also be specified on the master within the master configuration file:

schedule:
  run_my_orch:
    function: state.orchestrate
    hours: 6
    splay: 600
    args:
      - orchestration.my_orch

The above configuration is analogous to running salt-run state.orch orchestration.my_orch every 6 hours.

Scheduler With Returner

The scheduler is also useful for tasks like gathering monitoring data about a minion, this schedule option will gather status data and send it to a MySQL returner database:

schedule:
  uptime:
    function: status.uptime
    seconds: 60
    returner: mysql
  meminfo:
    function: status.meminfo
    minutes: 5
    returner: mysql

Since specifying the returner repeatedly can be tiresome, the schedule_returner option is available to specify one or a list of global returners to be used by the minions when scheduling.

Managing the Job Cache

The Salt Master maintains a job cache of all job executions which can be queried via the jobs runner. This job cache is called the Default Job Cache.

Default Job Cache

A number of options are available when configuring the job cache. The default caching system uses local storage on the Salt Master and can be found in the job cache directory (on Linux systems this is typically /var/cache/salt/master/jobs). The default caching system is suitable for most deployments as it does not typically require any further configuration or management.

The default job cache is a temporary cache and jobs will be stored for 24 hours. If the default cache needs to store jobs for a different period the time can be easily adjusted by changing the keep_jobs parameter in the Salt Master configuration file. The value passed in is measured via hours:

keep_jobs: 24

Reducing the Size of the Default Job Cache

The Default Job Cache can sometimes be a burden on larger deployments (over 5000 minions). Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to the jobs system and is not generally recommended. Normally it is wise to make sure the master has access to a faster IO system or a tmpfs is mounted to the jobs dir.

However, you can disable the job_cache by setting it to False in the Salt Master configuration file. Setting this value to False means that the Salt Master will no longer cache minion returns, but a JID directory and jid file for each job will still be created. This JID directory is necessary for checking for and preventing JID collisions.

The default location for the job cache is in the /var/cache/salt/master/jobs/ directory.

Setting the job_cache to False in addition to setting the keep_jobs option to a smaller value, such as 1, in the Salt Master configuration file will reduce the size of the Default Job Cache, and thus the burden on the Salt Master.

NOTE:

Changing the keep_jobs option sets the number of hours to keep old job information and defaults to 24 hours. Do not set this value to 0 when trying to make the cache cleaner run more frequently, as this means the cache cleaner will never run.

Additional Job Cache Options

Many deployments may wish to use an external database to maintain a long term register of executed jobs. Salt comes with two main mechanisms to do this, the master job cache and the external job cache.

See Storing Job Results in an External System.

Storing Job Results in an External System

After a job executes, job results are returned to the Salt Master by each Salt Minion. These results are stored in the Default Job Cache.

In addition to the Default Job Cache, Salt provides two additional mechanisms to send job results to other systems (databases, local syslog, and others):

  • External Job Cache
  • Master Job Cache

The major difference between these two mechanism is from where results are returned (from the Salt Master or Salt Minion). Configuring either of these options will also make the Jobs Runner functions to automatically query the remote stores for information.

External Job Cache - Minion-Side Returner

When an External Job Cache is configured, data is returned to the Default Job Cache on the Salt Master like usual, and then results are also sent to an External Job Cache using a Salt returner module running on the Salt Minion. [image]

  • Advantages: Data is stored without placing additional load on the Salt Master.
  • Disadvantages: Each Salt Minion connects to the external job cache, which can result in a large number of connections.  Also requires additional configuration to get returner module settings on all Salt Minions.

Master Job Cache - Master-Side Returner

New in version 2014.7.0.

Instead of configuring an External Job Cache on each Salt Minion, you can configure the Master Job Cache to send job results from the Salt Master instead. In this configuration, Salt Minions send data to the Default Job Cache as usual, and then the Salt Master sends the data to the external system using a Salt returner module running on the Salt Master. [image]

  • Advantages: A single connection is required to the external system. This is preferred for databases and similar systems.
  • Disadvantages: Places additional load on your Salt Master.

Configure an External or Master Job Cache

Step 1: Understand Salt Returners

Before you configure a job cache, it is essential to understand Salt returner modules ("returners"). Returners are pluggable Salt Modules that take the data returned by jobs, and then perform any necessary steps to send the data to an external system. For example, a returner might establish a connection, authenticate, and then format and transfer data.

The Salt Returner system provides the core functionality used by the External and Master Job Cache systems, and the same returners are used by both systems.

Salt currently provides many different returners that let you connect to a wide variety of systems. A complete list is available at all Salt returners. Each returner is configured differently, so make sure you read and follow the instructions linked from that page.

For example, the MySQL returner requires:

  • A database created using provided schema (structure is available at MySQL returner)
  • A user created with privileges to the database
  • Optional SSL configuration

A simpler returner, such as Slack or HipChat, requires:

  • An API key/version
  • The target channel/room
  • The username that should be used to send the message

Step 2: Configure the Returner

After you understand the configuration and have the external system ready, the configuration requirements must be declared.

External Job Cache

The returner configuration settings can be declared in the Salt Minion configuration file, the Minion's pillar data, or the Minion's grains.

If external_job_cache configuration settings are specified in more than one place, the options are retrieved in the following order. The first configuration location that is found is the one that will be used.

  • Minion configuration file
  • Minion's grains
  • Minion's pillar data

Master Job Cache

The returner configuration settings for the Master Job Cache should be declared in the Salt Master's configuration file.

Configuration File Examples

MySQL requires:

mysql.host: 'salt'
mysql.user: 'salt'
mysql.pass: 'salt'
mysql.db: 'salt'
mysql.port: 3306

Slack requires:

slack.channel: 'channel'
slack.api_key: 'key'
slack.from_name: 'name'

After you have configured the returner and added settings to the configuration file, you can enable the External or Master Job Cache.

Step 3: Enable the External or Master Job Cache

Configuration is a single line that specifies an already-configured returner to use to send all job data to an external system.

External Job Cache

To enable a returner as the External Job Cache (Minion-side), add the following line to the Salt Master configuration file:

ext_job_cache: <returner>

For example:

ext_job_cache: mysql
NOTE:

When configuring an External Job Cache (Minion-side), the returner settings are added to the Minion configuration file, but the External Job Cache setting is configured in the Master configuration file.

Master Job Cache

To enable a returner as a Master Job Cache (Master-side), add the following line to the Salt Master configuration file:

master_job_cache: <returner>

For example:

master_job_cache: mysql

Verify that the returner configuration settings are in the Master configuration file, and be sure to restart the salt-master service after you make configuration changes. (service salt-master restart).

Logging

The salt project tries to get the logging to work for you and help us solve any issues you might find along the way.

If you want to get some more information on the nitty-gritty of salt's logging system, please head over to the logging development document, if all you're after is salt's logging configurations, please continue reading.

Log Levels

The log levels are ordered numerically such that setting the log level to a specific level will record all log statements at that level and higher.  For example, setting log_level: error will log statements at error, critical, and quiet levels, although nothing should be logged at quiet level.

Most of the logging levels are defined by default in Python's logging library and can be found in the official Python documentation. Salt uses some more levels in addition to the standard levels.  All levels available in salt are shown in the table below.

NOTE:

Python dependencies used by salt may define and use additional logging levels.  For example, the Python 2 version of the multiprocessing standard Python library uses the levels subwarning, 25 and subdebug, 5.

LevelNumeric valueDescription
quiet1000Nothing should be logged at this level
critical50Critical errors
error40Errors
warning30Warnings
info20Normal log information
profile15Profiling information on salt performance
debug10Information useful for debugging both salt implementations and salt code
trace5More detailed code debugging information
garbage1Even more debugging information
all0Everything

Available Configuration Settings

log_file

The log records can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location.  Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.: file:///dev/log), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging.  The format for remote addresses is:

<file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>

Where log-facility is the symbolic name of a syslog facility as defined in the SysLogHandler documentation. It defaults to LOG_USER.

Default: Dependent of the binary being executed, for example, for salt-master, /var/log/salt/master.

Examples:

log_file: /var/log/salt/master
log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: file:///dev/log/LOG_DAEMON
log_file: udp://loghost:10514

log_level

Default: warning

The level of log record messages to send to the console. One of all, garbage, trace, debug, profile, info, warning, error, critical, quiet.

log_level: warning
NOTE:

Add log_level: quiet in salt configuration file to completely disable logging. In case of running salt in command line use --log-level=quiet instead.

log_level_logfile

Default: info

The level of messages to send to the log file. One of all, garbage, trace, debug, profile, info, warning, error, critical, quiet.

log_level_logfile: warning

log_datefmt

Default: %H:%M:%S

The date and time format used in console log messages. Allowed date/time formatting matches those used in time.strftime().

log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'

log_datefmt_logfile

Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S

The date and time format used in log file messages. Allowed date/time formatting matches those used in time.strftime().

log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'

log_fmt_console

Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s

The format of the console logging messages. All standard python logging LogRecord attributes can be used. Salt also provides these custom LogRecord attributes to colorize console log output:

'%(colorlevel)s'   # log level name colorized by level
'%(colorname)s'    # colorized module name
'%(colorprocess)s' # colorized process number
'%(colormsg)s'     # log message colorized by level
NOTE:

The %(colorlevel)s, %(colorname)s, and %(colorprocess) LogRecord attributes also include padding and enclosing brackets, [ and ] to match the default values of their collateral non-colorized LogRecord attributes.

log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

log_fmt_logfile

Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s

The format of the log file logging messages. All standard python logging LogRecord attributes can be used.  Salt also provides these custom LogRecord attributes that include padding and enclosing brackets [ and ]:

'%(bracketlevel)s'   # equivalent to [%(levelname)-8s]
'%(bracketname)s'    # equivalent to [%(name)-17s]
'%(bracketprocess)s' # equivalent to [%(process)5s]
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'

log_granular_levels

Default: {}

This can be used to control logging levels more specifically, based on log call name.  The example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, sets salt.modules to log at the debug level, and sets a custom module to the all level:

log_granular_levels:
  'salt': 'warning'
  'salt.modules': 'debug'
  'salt.loader.saltmaster.ext.module.custom_module': 'all'

log_fmt_jid

Default: [JID: %(jid)s]

The format of the JID when added to logging messages.

log_fmt_jid: '[JID: %(jid)s]'

External Logging Handlers

Besides the internal logging handlers used by salt, there are some external which can be used, see the external logging handlers document.

External Logging Handlers

fluent_mod
log4mongo_modLog4Mongo Logging Handler
logstash_mod
sentry_mod

salt.log.handlers.log4mongo_mod

Log4Mongo Logging Handler

This module provides a logging handler for sending salt logs to MongoDB

Configuration

In the salt configuration file (e.g. /etc/salt/{master,minion}):

log4mongo_handler:
  host: mongodb_host
  port: 27017
  database_name: logs
  collection: salt_logs
  username: logging
  password: reindeerflotilla
  write_concern: 0
  log_level: warning

Log Level

If not set, the log_level will be set to the level defined in the global configuration file setting.

Inspiration

This work was inspired by the Salt logging handlers for LogStash and Sentry and by the log4mongo Python implementation.

salt.log.handlers.fluent_mod

salt.log.handlers.logstash_mod

salt.log.handlers.sentry_mod

Salt File Server

Salt comes with a simple file server suitable for distributing files to the Salt minions. The file server is a stateless ZeroMQ server that is built into the Salt master.

The main intent of the Salt file server is to present files for use in the Salt state system. With this said, the Salt file server can be used for any general file transfer from the master to the minions.

File Server Backends

In Salt 0.12.0, the modular fileserver was introduced. This feature added the ability for the Salt Master to integrate different file server backends. File server backends allow the Salt file server to act as a transparent bridge to external resources. A good example of this is the git backend, which allows Salt to serve files sourced from one or more git repositories, but there are several others as well. Click here for a full list of Salt's fileserver backends.

Enabling a Fileserver Backend

Fileserver backends can be enabled with the fileserver_backend option.

fileserver_backend:
  - git

See the documentation for each backend to find the correct value to add to fileserver_backend in order to enable them.

Using Multiple Backends

If fileserver_backend is not defined in the Master config file, Salt will use the roots backend, but the fileserver_backend option supports multiple backends. When more than one backend is in use, the files from the enabled backends are merged into a single virtual filesystem. When a file is requested, the backends will be searched in order for that file, and the first backend to match will be the one which returns the file.

fileserver_backend:
  - roots
  - git

With this configuration, the environments and files defined in the file_roots parameter will be searched first, and if the file is not found then the git repositories defined in gitfs_remotes will be searched.

Defining Environments

Just as the order of the values in fileserver_backend matters, so too does the order in which different sources are defined within a fileserver environment. For example, given the below file_roots configuration, if both /srv/salt/dev/foo.txt and /srv/salt/prod/foo.txt exist on the Master, then salt://foo.txt would point to /srv/salt/dev/foo.txt in the dev environment, but it would point to /srv/salt/prod/foo.txt in the base environment.

file_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt/prod
  qa:
    - /srv/salt/qa
    - /srv/salt/prod
  dev:
    - /srv/salt/dev
    - /srv/salt/qa
    - /srv/salt/prod

Similarly, when using the git backend, if both repositories defined below have a hotfix23 branch/tag, and both of them also contain the file bar.txt in the root of the repository at that branch/tag, then salt://bar.txt in the hotfix23 environment would be served from the first repository.

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://mydomain.tld/repos/first.git
  - https://mydomain.tld/repos/second.git
NOTE:

Environments map differently based on the fileserver backend. For instance, the mappings are explicitly defined in roots backend, while in the VCS backends (git, hg, svn) the environments are created from branches/tags/bookmarks/etc. For the minion backend, the files are all in a single environment, which is specified by the minionfs_env option.

See the documentation for each backend for a more detailed explanation of how environments are mapped.

Requesting Files from Specific Environments

The Salt fileserver supports multiple environments, allowing for SLS files and other files to be isolated for better organization.

For the default backend (called roots), environments are defined using the roots option. Other backends (such as gitfs) define environments in their own ways. For a list of available fileserver backends, see here.

Querystring Syntax

Any salt:// file URL can specify its fileserver environment using a querystring syntax, like so:

salt://path/to/file?saltenv=foo

In Reactor configurations, this method must be used to pull files from an environment other than base.

In States

Minions can be instructed which environment to use both globally, and for a single state, and multiple methods for each are available:

Globally

A minion can be pinned to an environment using the environment option in the minion config file.

Additionally, the environment can be set for a single call to the following functions:

  • state.apply
  • state.highstate
  • state.sls
  • state.top
NOTE:

When the saltenv parameter is used to trigger a highstate using either state.apply or state.highstate, only states from that environment will be applied.

On a Per-State Basis

Within an individual state, there are two ways of specifying the environment. The first is to add a saltenv argument to the state. This example will pull the file from the config environment:

/etc/foo/bar.conf:
  file.managed:
    - source: salt://foo/bar.conf
    - user: foo
    - mode: 600
    - saltenv: config

Another way of doing the same thing is to use the querystring syntax described above:

/etc/foo/bar.conf:
  file.managed:
    - source: salt://foo/bar.conf?saltenv=config
    - user: foo
    - mode: 600
NOTE:

Specifying the environment using either of the above methods is only necessary in cases where a state from one environment needs to access files from another environment. If the SLS file containing this state was in the config environment, then it would look in that environment by default.

File Server Configuration

The Salt file server is a high performance file server written in ZeroMQ. It manages large files quickly and with little overhead, and has been optimized to handle small files in an extremely efficient manner.

The Salt file server is an environment aware file server. This means that files can be allocated within many root directories and accessed by specifying both the file path and the environment to search. The individual environments can span across multiple directory roots to create overlays and to allow for files to be organized in many flexible ways.

Environments

The Salt file server defaults to the mandatory base environment. This environment MUST be defined and is used to download files when no environment is specified.

Environments allow for files and sls data to be logically separated, but environments are not isolated from each other. This allows for logical isolation of environments by the engineer using Salt, but also allows for information to be used in multiple environments.

Directory Overlay

The environment setting is a list of directories to publish files from. These directories are searched in order to find the specified file and the first file found is returned.

This means that directory data is prioritized based on the order in which they are listed. In the case of this file_roots configuration:

file_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt/base
    - /srv/salt/failover

If a file's URI is salt://httpd/httpd.conf, it will first search for the file at /srv/salt/base/httpd/httpd.conf. If the file is found there it will be returned. If the file is not found there, then /srv/salt/failover/httpd/httpd.conf will be used for the source.

This allows for directories to be overlaid and prioritized based on the order they are defined in the configuration.

It is also possible to have file_roots which supports multiple environments:

file_roots:
  base:
    - /srv/salt/base
  dev:
    - /srv/salt/dev
    - /srv/salt/base
  prod:
    - /srv/salt/prod
    - /srv/salt/base

This example ensures that each environment will check the associated environment directory for files first. If a file is not found in the appropriate directory, the system will default to using the base directory.

Local File Server

New in version 0.9.8.

The file server can be rerouted to run from the minion. This is primarily to enable running Salt states without a Salt master. To use the local file server interface, copy the file server data to the minion and set the file_roots option on the minion to point to the directories copied from the master. Once the minion file_roots option has been set, change the file_client option to local to make sure that the local file server interface is used.

The cp Module

The cp module is the home of minion side file server operations. The cp module is used by the Salt state system, salt-cp, and can be used to distribute files presented by the Salt file server.

Escaping Special Characters

The salt:// url format can potentially contain a query string, for example salt://dir/file.txt?saltenv=base. You can prevent the fileclient/fileserver from interpreting ? as the initial token of a query string by referencing the file with salt://| rather than salt://.

/etc/marathon/conf/?checkpoint:
  file.managed:
    - source: salt://|hw/config/?checkpoint
    - makedirs: True

Environments

Since the file server is made to work with the Salt state system, it supports environments. The environments are defined in the master config file and when referencing an environment the file specified will be based on the root directory of the environment.

get_file

The cp.get_file function can be used on the minion to download a file from the master, the syntax looks like this:

# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc

This will instruct all Salt minions to download the vimrc file and copy it to /etc/vimrc

Template rendering can be enabled on both the source and destination file names like so:

# salt '*' cp.get_file "salt://{{grains.os}}/vimrc" /etc/vimrc template=jinja

This example would instruct all Salt minions to download the vimrc from a directory with the same name as their OS grain and copy it to /etc/vimrc

For larger files, the cp.get_file module also supports gzip compression. Because gzip is CPU-intensive, this should only be used in scenarios where the compression ratio is very high (e.g. pretty-printed JSON or YAML files).

To use compression, use the gzip named argument. Valid values are integers from 1 to 9, where 1 is the lightest compression and 9 the heaviest. In other words, 1 uses the least CPU on the master (and minion), while 9 uses the most.

# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc gzip=5

Finally, note that by default cp.get_file does not create new destination directories if they do not exist.  To change this, use the makedirs argument:

# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vim/vimrc makedirs=True

In this example, /etc/vim/ would be created if it didn't already exist.

get_dir

The cp.get_dir function can be used on the minion to download an entire directory from the master.  The syntax is very similar to get_file:

# salt '*' cp.get_dir salt://etc/apache2 /etc

cp.get_dir supports template rendering and gzip compression arguments just like get_file:

# salt '*' cp.get_dir salt://etc/{{pillar.webserver}} /etc gzip=5 template=jinja

File Server Client Instance

A client instance is available which allows for modules and applications to be written which make use of the Salt file server.

The file server uses the same authentication and encryption used by the rest of the Salt system for network communication.

fileclient Module

The salt/fileclient.py module is used to set up the communication from the minion to the master. When creating a client instance using the fileclient module, the minion configuration needs to be passed in. When using the fileclient module from within a minion module the built in __opts__ data can be passed:

import salt.minion
import salt.fileclient

def get_file(path, dest, saltenv='base'):
    '''
    Used to get a single file from the Salt master

    CLI Example:
    salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc
    '''
    # Get the fileclient object
    client = salt.fileclient.get_file_client(__opts__)
    # Call get_file
    return client.get_file(path, dest, False, saltenv)

Creating a fileclient instance outside of a minion module where the __opts__ data is not available, it needs to be generated:

import salt.fileclient
import salt.config

def get_file(path, dest, saltenv='base'):
    '''
    Used to get a single file from the Salt master
    '''
    # Get the configuration data
    opts = salt.config.minion_config('/etc/salt/minion')
    # Get the fileclient object
    client = salt.fileclient.get_file_client(opts)
    # Call get_file
    return client.get_file(path, dest, False, saltenv)

Git Fileserver Backend Walkthrough

NOTE:

This walkthrough assumes basic knowledge of Salt. To get up to speed, check out the Salt Walkthrough.

The gitfs backend allows Salt to serve files from git repositories. It can be enabled by adding git to the fileserver_backend list, and configuring one or more repositories in gitfs_remotes.

Branches and tags become Salt fileserver environments.

NOTE:

Branching and tagging can result in a lot of potentially-conflicting top files, for this reason it may be useful to set top_file_merging_strategy to same in the minions' config files if the top files are being managed in a GitFS repo.

Installing Dependencies

Both pygit2 and GitPython are supported Python interfaces to git. If compatible versions of both are installed, pygit2 will be preferred. In these cases, GitPython can be forced using the gitfs_provider parameter in the master config file.

NOTE:

It is recommended to always run the most recent version of any the below dependencies. Certain features of GitFS may not be available without the most recent version of the chosen library.

pygit2

The minimum supported version of pygit2 is 0.20.3. Availability for this version of pygit2 is still limited, though the SaltStack team is working to get compatible versions available for as many platforms as possible.

For the Fedora/EPEL versions which have a new enough version packaged, the following command would be used to install pygit2:

# yum install python-pygit2

Provided a valid version is packaged for Debian/Ubuntu (which is not currently the case), the package name would be the same, and the following command would be used to install it:

# apt-get install python-pygit2

If pygit2 is not packaged for the platform on which the Master is running, the pygit2 website has installation instructions here. Keep in mind however that following these instructions will install libgit2 and pygit2 without system packages. Additionally, keep in mind that SSH authentication in pygit2 requires libssh2 (not libssh) development libraries to be present before libgit2 is built. On some Debian-based distros pkg-config is also required to link libgit2 with libssh2.

NOTE:

If you are receiving the error "Unsupported URL Protocol" in the Salt Master log when making a connection using SSH, review the libssh2 details listed above.

Additionally, version 0.21.0 of pygit2 introduced a dependency on python-cffi, which in turn depends on newer releases of libffi. Upgrading libffi is not advisable as several other applications depend on it, so on older LTS linux releases pygit2 0.20.3 and libgit2 0.20.0 is the recommended combination.

WARNING:

pygit2 is actively developed and frequently makes non-backwards-compatible API changes, even in minor releases. It is not uncommon for pygit2 upgrades to result in errors in Salt. Please take care when upgrading pygit2, and pay close attention to the changelog, keeping an eye out for API changes. Errors can be reported on the SaltStack issue tracker.

RedHat Pygit2 Issues

The release of RedHat/CentOS 7.3 upgraded both python-cffi and http-parser, both of which are dependencies for pygit2/libgit2. Both pygit2 and libgit2 packages (which are from the EPEL repository) should be upgraded to the most recent versions, at least to 0.24.2.

The below errors will show up in the master log if an incompatible python-pygit2 package is installed:

2017-02-10 09:07:34,892 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][11211] Import pygit2 failed: CompileError: command 'gcc' failed with exit status 1
2017-02-10 09:07:34,907 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][11211] gitfs is configured but could not be loaded, are pygit2 and libgit2 installed?
2017-02-10 09:07:34,907 [salt.utils.gitfs ][CRITICAL][11211] No suitable gitfs provider module is installed.
2017-02-10 09:07:34,912 [salt.master ][CRITICAL][11211] Master failed pre flight checks, exiting

The below errors will show up in the master log if an incompatible libgit2 package is installed:

2017-02-15 18:04:45,211 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR   ][6211] Error occurred fetching gitfs remote 'https://foo.com/bar.git': No Content-Type header in response

A restart of the salt-master daemon and gitfs cache directory clean up may be required to allow http(s) repositories to continue to be fetched.

GitPython

GitPython 0.3.0 or newer is required to use GitPython for gitfs. For RHEL-based Linux distros, a compatible version is available in EPEL, and can be easily installed on the master using yum:

# yum install GitPython

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS and Debian Wheezy (7.x) also have a compatible version packaged:

# apt-get install python-git

GitPython requires the git CLI utility to work. If installed from a system package, then git should already be installed, but if installed via pip then it may still be necessary to install git separately. For MacOS users, GitPython comes bundled in with the Salt installer, but git must still be installed for it to work properly. Git can be installed in several ways, including by installing XCode.

WARNING:

GitPython advises against the use of its library for long-running processes (such as a salt-master or salt-minion). Please see their warning on potential leaks of system resources: https://github.com/gitpython-developers/GitPython#leakage-of-system-resources.

WARNING:

Keep in mind that if GitPython has been previously installed on the master using pip (even if it was subsequently uninstalled), then it may still exist in the build cache (typically /tmp/pip-build-root/GitPython) if the cache is not cleared after installation. The package in the build cache will override any requirement specifiers, so if you try upgrading to version 0.3.2.RC1 by running pip install 'GitPython==0.3.2.RC1' then it will ignore this and simply install the version from the cache directory. Therefore, it may be necessary to delete the GitPython directory from the build cache in order to ensure that the specified version is installed.

WARNING:

GitPython 2.0.9 and newer is not compatible with Python 2.6. If installing GitPython using pip on a machine running Python 2.6, make sure that a version earlier than 2.0.9 is installed. This can be done on the CLI by running pip install 'GitPython<2.0.9', or in a pip.installed state using the following SLS:

GitPython:
  pip.installed:
    - name: 'GitPython < 2.0.9'

Simple Configuration

To use the gitfs backend, only two configuration changes are required on the master:

1.

Include gitfs in the fileserver_backend list in the master config file:

fileserver_backend:
  - gitfs
NOTE:

git also works here. Prior to the 2018.3.0 release, only git would work.

2.

Specify one or more git://, https://, file://, or ssh:// URLs in gitfs_remotes to configure which repositories to cache and search for requested files:

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://github.com/saltstack-formulas/salt-formula.git

SSH remotes can also be configured using scp-like syntax:

gitfs_remotes:
  - git@github.com:user/repo.git
  - ssh://user@domain.tld/path/to/repo.git

Information on how to authenticate to SSH remotes can be found here.

3.

Restart the master to load the new configuration.

NOTE:

In a master/minion setup, files from a gitfs remote are cached once by the master, so minions do not need direct access to the git repository.

Multiple Remotes

The gitfs_remotes option accepts an ordered list of git remotes to cache and search, in listed order, for requested files.

A simple scenario illustrates this cascading lookup behavior:

If the gitfs_remotes option specifies three remotes:

gitfs_remotes:
  - git://github.com/example/first.git
  - https://github.com/example/second.git
  - file:///root/third

And each repository contains some files:

first.git:
    top.sls
    edit/vim.sls
    edit/vimrc
    nginx/init.sls

second.git:
    edit/dev_vimrc
    haproxy/init.sls

third:
    haproxy/haproxy.conf
    edit/dev_vimrc

Salt will attempt to lookup the requested file from each gitfs remote repository in the order in which they are defined in the configuration. The git://github.com/example/first.git remote will be searched first. If the requested file is found, then it is served and no further searching is executed. For example:

  • A request for the file salt://haproxy/init.sls will be served from the https://github.com/example/second.git git repo.
  • A request for the file salt://haproxy/haproxy.conf will be served from the file:///root/third repo.
NOTE:

This example is purposefully contrived to illustrate the behavior of the gitfs backend. This example should not be read as a recommended way to lay out files and git repos.

The file:// prefix denotes a git repository in a local directory. However, it will still use the given file:// URL as a remote, rather than copying the git repo to the salt cache.  This means that any refs you want accessible must exist as local refs in the specified repo.

WARNING:

Salt versions prior to 2014.1.0 are not tolerant of changing the order of remotes or modifying the URI of existing remotes. In those versions, when modifying remotes it is a good idea to remove the gitfs cache directory (/var/cache/salt/master/gitfs) before restarting the salt-master service.

Per-remote Configuration Parameters

New in version 2014.7.0.

The following master config parameters are global (that is, they apply to all configured gitfs remotes):

  • gitfs_base
  • gitfs_root
  • gitfs_ssl_verify
  • gitfs_mountpoint (new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_user (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_password (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_insecure_auth (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_pubkey (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_privkey (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_passphrase (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
  • gitfs_refspecs (new in 2017.7.0)
  • gitfs_disable_saltenv_mapping (new in 2018.3.0)
  • gitfs_ref_types (new in 2018.3.0)
  • gitfs_update_interval (new in 2018.3.0)
NOTE:

pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.

These parameters can now be overridden on a per-remote basis. This allows for a tremendous amount of customization. Here's some example usage:

gitfs_provider: pygit2
gitfs_base: develop

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://foo.com/foo.git
  - https://foo.com/bar.git:
    - root: salt
    - mountpoint: salt://bar
    - base: salt-base
    - ssl_verify: False
    - update_interval: 120
  - https://foo.com/bar.git:
    - name: second_bar_repo
    - root: other/salt
    - mountpoint: salt://other/bar
    - base: salt-base
    - ref_types:
      - branch
  - http://foo.com/baz.git:
    - root: salt/states
    - user: joe
    - password: mysupersecretpassword
    - insecure_auth: True
    - disable_saltenv_mapping: True
    - saltenv:
      - foo:
        - ref: foo
  - http://foo.com/quux.git:
    - all_saltenvs: master
IMPORTANT:

There are two important distinctions which should be noted for per-remote configuration:

  1. The URL of a remote which has per-remote configuration must be suffixed with a colon.
  2. Per-remote configuration parameters are named like the global versions, with the gitfs_ removed from the beginning. The exception being the name, saltenv, and all_saltenvs parameters, which are only available to per-remote configurations.

The all_saltenvs parameter is new in the 2018.3.0 release.

In the example configuration above, the following is true:

  1. The first and fourth gitfs remotes will use the develop branch/tag as the base environment, while the second and third will use the salt-base branch/tag as the base environment.
  2. The first remote will serve all files in the repository. The second remote will only serve files from the salt directory (and its subdirectories). The third remote will only server files from the other/salt directory (and its subdirectories), while the fourth remote will only serve files from the salt/states directory (and its subdirectories).
  3. The third remote will only serve files from branches, and not from tags or SHAs.
  4. The fourth remote will only have two saltenvs available: base (pointed at develop), and foo (pointed at foo).
  5. The first and fourth remotes will have files located under the root of the Salt fileserver namespace (salt://). The files from the second remote will be located under salt://bar, while the files from the third remote will be located under salt://other/bar.
  6. The second and third remotes reference the same repository and unique names need to be declared for duplicate gitfs remotes.
  7. The fourth remote overrides the default behavior of not authenticating to insecure (non-HTTPS) remotes.
  8. Because all_saltenvs is configured for the fifth remote, files from the branch/tag master will appear in every fileserver environment.

    NOTE:

    The use of http:// (instead of https://) is permitted here only because authentication is not being used. Otherwise, the insecure_auth parameter must be used (as in the fourth remote) to force Salt to authenticate to an http:// remote.

  9. The first remote will wait 120 seconds between updates instead of 60.

Per-Saltenv Configuration Parameters

New in version 2016.11.0.

For more granular control, Salt allows the following three things to be overridden for individual saltenvs within a given repo:

  • The mountpoint
  • The root
  • The branch/tag to be used for a given saltenv

Here is an example:

gitfs_root: salt

gitfs_saltenv:
  - dev:
    - mountpoint: salt://gitfs-dev
    - ref: develop

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://foo.com/bar.git:
    - saltenv:
      - staging:
        - ref: qa
        - mountpoint: salt://bar-staging
      - dev:
        - ref: development
  - https://foo.com/baz.git:
    - saltenv:
      - staging:
        - mountpoint: salt://baz-staging

Given the above configuration, the following is true:

  1. For all gitfs remotes, files for the dev saltenv will be located under salt://gitfs-dev.
  2. For the dev saltenv, files from the first remote will be sourced from the development branch, while files from the second remote will be sourced from the develop branch.
  3. For the staging saltenv, files from the first remote will be located under salt://bar-staging, while files from the second remote will be located under salt://baz-staging.
  4. For all gitfs remotes, and in all saltenvs, files will be served from the salt directory (and its subdirectories).

Custom Refspecs

New in version 2017.7.0.

GitFS will by default fetch remote branches and tags. However, sometimes it can be useful to fetch custom refs (such as those created for GitHub pull requests). To change the refspecs GitFS fetches, use the gitfs_refspecs config option:

gitfs_refspecs:
  - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
  - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
  - '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'

In the above example, in addition to fetching remote branches and tags, GitHub's custom refs for pull requests and merged pull requests will also be fetched. These special head refs represent the head of the branch which is requesting to be merged, and the merge refs represent the result of the base branch after the merge.

IMPORTANT:

When using custom refspecs, the destination of the fetched refs must be under refs/remotes/origin/, preferably in a subdirectory like in the example above. These custom refspecs will map as environment names using their relative path underneath refs/remotes/origin/. For example, assuming the configuration above, the head branch for pull request 12345 would map to fileserver environment pr/12345 (slash included).

Refspecs can be configured on a per-remote basis. For example, the below configuration would only alter the default refspecs for the second GitFS remote. The first remote would only fetch branches and tags (the default).

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://domain.tld/foo.git
  - https://domain.tld/bar.git:
    - refspecs:
      - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
      - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
      - '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
      - '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'

Global Remotes

New in version 2018.3.0: for all_saltenvs, sodium for fallback

The all_saltenvs per-remote configuration parameter overrides the logic Salt uses to map branches/tags to fileserver environments (i.e. saltenvs). This allows a single branch/tag to appear in all GitFS saltenvs.

NOTE:

all_saltenvs only works within GitFS. That is, files in a branch configured using all_saltenvs will not show up in a fileserver environment defined via some other fileserver backend (e.g. file_roots).

The fallback global or per-remote configuration can also be used.

This is very useful in particular when working with salt formulas. Prior to the addition of this feature, it was necessary to push a branch/tag to the remote repo for each saltenv in which that formula was to be used. If the formula needed to be updated, this update would need to be reflected in all of the other branches/tags. This is both inconvenient and not scalable.

With all_saltenvs, it is now possible to define your formula once, in a single branch.

gitfs_remotes:
  - http://foo.com/quux.git:
    - all_saltenvs: anything

If you want to also test working branches of the formula repository, use fallback:

gitfs_remotes:
  - http://foo.com/quux.git:
    - fallback: anything

Update Intervals

Prior to the 2018.3.0 release, GitFS would update its fileserver backends as part of a dedicated "maintenance" process, in which various routine maintenance tasks were performed. This tied the update interval to the loop_interval config option, and also forced all fileservers to update at the same interval.

Now it is possible to make GitFS update at its own interval, using gitfs_update_interval:

gitfs_update_interval: 180

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://foo.com/foo.git
  - https://foo.com/bar.git:
    - update_interval: 120

Using the above configuration, the first remote would update every three minutes, while the second remote would update every two minutes.

Configuration Order of Precedence

The order of precedence for GitFS configuration is as follows (each level overrides all levels below it):

1.

Per-saltenv configuration (defined under a per-remote saltenv param)

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://foo.com/bar.git:
    - saltenv:
      - dev:
        - mountpoint: salt://bar
2.

Global per-saltenv configuration (defined in gitfs_saltenv)

gitfs_saltenv:
  - dev:
    - mountpoint: salt://bar
3.

Per-remote configuration parameter

gitfs_remotes:
  - https://foo.com/bar.git:
    - mountpoint: salt://bar
4.

Global configuration parameter

gitfs_mountpoint: salt://bar
NOTE:

The one exception to the above is when all_saltenvs is used. This value overrides all logic for mapping branches/tags to fileserver environments. So, even if gitfs_saltenv is used to globally override the mapping for a given saltenv, all_saltenvs would take precedence for any remote which uses it.

It's important to note however that any root and mountpoint values configured in gitfs_saltenv (or per-saltenv configuration) would be unaffected by this.

Serving from a Subdirectory

The gitfs_root parameter allows files to be served from a subdirectory within the repository. This allows for only part of a repository to be exposed to the Salt fileserver.

Assume the below layout:

.gitignore
README.txt
foo/
foo/bar/
foo/bar/one.txt
foo/bar/two.txt
foo/bar/three.txt
foo/baz/
foo/baz/top.sls
foo/baz/edit/vim.sls
foo/baz/edit/vimrc
foo/baz/nginx/init.sls

The below configuration would serve only the files under foo/baz, ignoring the other files in the repository:

gitfs_remotes:
  - git://mydomain.com/stuff.git

gitfs_root: foo/baz

The root can also be configured on a per-remote basis.

Mountpoints

New in version 2014.7.0.

The gitfs_mountpoint parameter will prepend the specified path to the files served from gitfs. This allows an existing repository to be used, rather than needing to reorganize a repository or design it around the layout of the Salt fileserver.

Before the addition of this feature, if a file being served up via gitfs was deeply nested within the root directory (for example, salt://webapps/f